-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, RQDkAArWPV2rzs/wRMa0UBQ4MMermldYPPgXk6m1yNtal8V8ydbrBMXI7VNwmJSe 3XCUaO0cfuOybVkULMtopA== 0001193125-04-042163.txt : 20040315 0001193125-04-042163.hdr.sgml : 20040315 20040315154338 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001193125-04-042163 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 11 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20031231 FILED AS OF DATE: 20040315 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: IDX SYSTEMS CORP CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0001001185 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: SERVICES-COMPUTER INTEGRATED SYSTEMS DESIGN [7373] IRS NUMBER: 030222230 STATE OF INCORPORATION: VT FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 000-26816 FILM NUMBER: 04669453 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 1400 SHELBURNE RD STREET 2: PO BOX 1070 CITY: SOUTH BURLINGTON STATE: VT ZIP: 05403 BUSINESS PHONE: 8028621022 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 1400 SHELBURNE RD STREET 2: PO BOX 1070 CITY: SOUTH BURLINGTON STATE: VT ZIP: 05403 10-K 1 d10k.htm FORM 10-K FORM 10-K
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


 

FORM 10-K

 

x   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED: DECEMBER 31, 2003

 

OR

 

¨   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM              TO             

 

COMMISSION FILE NUMBER: 000-26816

 


 

IDX SYSTEMS CORPORATION

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

Vermont   03-0222230

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

  (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
40 IDX Drive, P.O. Box 1070,   05403
South Burlington, Vermont   (Zip Code)
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)    

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:    (802) 862-1022

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:    NONE

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

 

Common Stock, $.01 par value

 

Title of Class

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x    No ¨

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to the Form 10-K. x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2). Yes x    No ¨

 

The aggregate market value of voting Common Stock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant was $340,273,860 based on the last reported sale price of the Common Stock on the NASDAQ consolidated transaction reporting system on June 30, 2003.

 

Number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s class of Common Stock as of February 27, 2004: 29,963,667.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

 

Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2004 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the registrant’s fiscal year, are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof.

 

The following trademarks used herein are owned by IDX: Flowcast, Groupcast, Carecast, Imagecast, IDX, LastWord, IDXtend and Web Framework. All other trademarks referenced in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are the property of their respective owners.

 



Table of Contents

IDX SYSTEMS CORPORATION

 

FORM 10-K

 

FOR THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

PART I

ITEM 1.

  

Business

   3

ITEM 2.

  

Properties

   17

ITEM 3.

  

Legal Proceedings

   18

ITEM 4.

  

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

   19
PART II

ITEM 5.

  

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

   22

ITEM 6.

  

Selected Financial Highlights

   23

ITEM 7.

  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   24

ITEM 7A.

  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

   42

ITEM 8.

  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

   44
    

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   44
    

Consolidated Statements of Operations

   45
    

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

   46
    

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   47
    

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   48
    

Report of Independent Auditors

   73
    

Quarterly Information

   74

ITEM 9.

  

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

   75

ITEM 9A.

  

Controls and Procedures

   75
PART III

ITEM 10.

  

Directors and Officers of the Registrant

   76

ITEM 11.

  

Executive Compensation

   76

ITEM 12.

  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

   76

ITEM 13.

  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Related Stockholder Matters

   76

ITEM 14.

  

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

   76
PART IV

ITEM 15.

  

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K

   77

SIGNATURES

   78

EXHIBIT INDEX

    

 

2


Table of Contents

PART I

 

ITEM 1.    BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

IDX Systems Corporation (“IDX” or the “Company”) is a leading provider of software, services and technologies for healthcare organizations. Our mission is to use information technology to maximize value in the delivery of healthcare by improving the quality of patient access and service, enhancing medical outcomes and reducing the cost of care.

 

We believe that a transformation in healthcare is occurring, driven by information technology. IDX envisions itself as a key driver of this transformation with software solutions that bring the stakeholders of patient care into an integrated process, simplifying patient access, streamlining the revenue cycle and improving patient care. IDX solutions are designed to enable healthcare providers to save money, time and lives.

 

As of December 31, 2003, IDX systems were deployed to serve approximately 138,000 physicians and were installed at over 3,370 customer sites, including over 175 large group practices with greater than 200 physicians, over 665 small- and mid-sized group practices with less than 200 physicians, and over 380 integrated delivery networks serving more than 500 hospitals. We believe that we are firmly established in the growing clinical arena, that the group practice business is strong and that hospitals as well as integrated delivery networks are intensifying their concentration on improving business performance.

 

The Company operates under the IDX® brand name, providing information systems and services for physician group practices, hospitals and integrated delivery networks. Revenues consist primarily of software licensing, services, and hardware sales.

 

IDX patient access, financial and business intelligence products for hospitals, integrated delivery networks and group practices are packaged as IDX® Flowcast and IDX® Groupcast. Clinical solutions are generally packaged as the IDX® Carecast System. IDX’s radiology and imaging products are marketed as IDX® Imagecast.

 

In June 2003, we completed the disposition of our wholly owned subsidiary, EDiX Corporation (“EDiX”), to Spheris, formerly Total eMed, Inc. (“TEM”), a medical transcription company based in Franklin, Tennessee, for approximately $64.0 million. The sale resulted in a gain of $26.5 million, including an income tax benefit of $2.7 million, and generated approximately $53.6 million in cash, net of our transactions costs and cash transferred as part of the sale. With the sale of EDiX, we no longer provide medical transcription outsourcing services. We are focused on our core business, Flowcast, Groupcast, Carecast and Imagecast, delivering leading software solutions across the care continuum, which we believe present significant potential for both revenue and earnings growth. Accordingly, we began reporting one segment, Information Systems and Services, effective as of June 2003.

 

IDX was incorporated in Vermont on June 2, 1969. The Company’s executive offices are located at 40 IDX Drive, South Burlington, Vermont 05403-1070 and its telephone number is (802) 862-1022. Our Internet address is http://www.idx.com; at this web site, we promptly post and make available free of charge our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to these reports filed or furnished pursuant to Sec. 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Industry Background

 

Healthcare costs in the United States have risen over the past two decades relative to the overall rate of inflation. We believe that pressures to control costs have contributed to the movement of care from expensive inpatient settings, such as hospitals, to ambulatory settings, and that ambulatory care providers, particularly

 

3


Table of Contents

physician groups, control a substantial portion of total healthcare resources. IDX is the largest provider of systems to large group practices in the U.S.

 

The Company believes increased consumer, government, employer and payer awareness of the high incidence and resulting cost of medical errors will result in an increased interest in clinical information systems. According to the report published by the Institute of Medicine (IOM) of the National Academies, between 44,000 and 98,000 unnecessary deaths result in the United States each year from errors in medical treatment, making medical errors the eighth leading cause of death, ahead of automobile accidents, breast cancer, and AIDS. Aside from human costs, the total financial cost of medical errors has been estimated at up to $8 billion per year. A significant portion of medical errors result from incorrect administration of medications—the wrong drug (often stemming from misinterpreted handwriting or medications with similar sounding names), the wrong dosage and unanticipated interactions with other drugs or patient conditions that were not noted. The Company believes online information processing, specifically computerized physician ordering of medications, can decrease the incidence of adverse drug events resulting from medication errors.

 

In a follow-up report issued by the IOM in March 2001, the IOM reiterated the urgency of reducing medical errors, but stated that the United States healthcare system is plagued with even deeper quality problems which together detract from the “health, functioning, dignity, comfort, satisfaction and resources of Americans.” The use of information technology to support clinical and administrative processes is prominent in the report’s recommended strategies to improve the overall quality of healthcare within the next ten years. The Company anticipates that increased use of information technology will be a significant factor in driving industry practices to higher quality standards.

 

Healthcare organizations face increasing regulation and scrutiny by federal, regional and local authorities. Compliance with regulations governing healthcare cost reimbursement, insurance and administration impose financial burdens on healthcare organizations. Recently, proposed and final regulations published under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) have created significant operational challenges to healthcare providers and payers. IDX believes well designed, up-to-date information solutions can play significant roles in complementing healthcare organizations’ efforts to achieve internal compliance.

 

Strategy

 

To accomplish our mission, we have positioned IDX to make a contribution to the transformation of healthcare with software and connectivity solutions that give clinicians and other staff at healthcare organizations access to accurate information at appropriate times and locations in the continuum of healthcare delivery, and provide patients with seamless access to the delivery system. IDX develops software that is intended to save money, time and lives by making healthcare business and clinical practices better through smart, efficient and reliable products and services.

 

The IDX strategy is based on leveraging and building on our industry-leading portfolio of comprehensive administrative, clinical, and financial information systems for the medical group, hospital and integrated delivery network. Key elements of the IDX strategy are:

 

    Connect the delivery system through patient access and physician connectivity

 

    Market clinical products as comprehensive clinical solutions

 

    Provide products and services to improve business performance

 

    Provide products that support regulatory and compliance efforts

 

    Provide robust solutions to meet the needs of integrated delivery networks

 

    Expand medical group practice market share

 

    Accelerate delivery of products and services

 

4


Table of Contents

Products

 

Flowcast markets business performance solutions for hospitals, integrated delivery networks, large group practices and academic medical centers. Flowcast solutions include products for patient access, financial management, decision support, document management and connectivity across the enterprise. IDX believes that establishing a sound business environment is fundamental to improving the quality of care. Flowcast solutions focus on enhancing business performance, improving patient access and satisfaction and meeting regulatory requirements.

 

Flowcast helps customers increase revenue by accelerating and increasing collections while reducing administrative expenses. Capabilities across the entire “revenue cycle” are enhanced so that interdependent administrative, financial and clinical activities effectively contribute to accurate, timely capture and presentation of the information necessary for procuring prompt payment for services. Organizational efficiency and lower costs are driven by fewer errors and less manual intervention and rework. Technology and service components save customers time and money by automating work processes and improving the way work flows in the healthcare environment.

 

IDX expects that Flowcast solutions will continue to enhance customers’ ability to manage their business in smarter, better, and more effective ways, allowing customers to continue to realize tangible return on investment from their IDX system. The ability of Flowcast to consolidate and improve patient access and financial processes across the continuum of care, its track record of delivering tangible benefits, including enhanced business performance and improved patient satisfaction and its advanced technology foundation, including Electronic Data Interchange (“EDI”) integration, electronic document management, task management engines and role-based portals, are designed to help Flowcast’s customers achieve and maintain status as leaders in their field.

 

Flowcast business performance solutions are integrated with the TouchWorks ambulatory clinical solutions from Allscripts Healthcare Solutions Inc., (“Allscripts”) pursuant to our strategic alliance agreement with Allscripts. Flowcast and TouchWorks work together as a combined solution to integrate and automate financial, administrative and clinical processes in large physician groups. Customer benefits include improved delivery of care, greater organizational efficiency and faster reimbursement for services.

 

The Carecast Enterprise Clinical System represents the next generation of electronic clinical information solutions, delivering subsecond response time and exceptional reliability to support fast-paced clinical environments. Developed by and for providers—in collaboration with some of the nation’s leading hospitals, clinicians and healthcare executives—Carecast builds on more than 20 years of innovation with the LastWord® enterprise clinical system. The system automates workflow throughout the healthcare enterprise and is designed to enable rapid access to patient records across the care continuum, from admission to discharge, including pharmacy and ambulatory care. It integrates clinical processes for orders, results, pharmacy and clinical documentation with administrative and financial processes for scheduling, registration, admitting, charging and billing. The result is a comprehensive lifetime patient record designed to enhance the quality of care and promote operational efficiencies. Carecast further safeguards patient care through its computerized physician order entry (“CPOE”) and wireless bar code medication charting capabilities. Critical attributes of the Carecast system that distinguish it from its competition are a 99.9% uptime guarantee and subsecond response time.

 

The Carecast Web Framework facilitates information flow using a web-based user interface. The Carecast system’s design and web-based architecture help reduce training time and enhance user interaction with the system. Clinical Information Management applications in Carecast serve clinicians in a variety of inpatient and outpatient settings. Automated workflow tools support caregiver activities such as assessments, charting, and patient classification while protocols and outcomes management is supported through access to a structured medical knowledge database. Other applications include Scheduling (to balance patient needs and clinical workflow), Pharmacy (to increase efficiency while decreasing medical errors), Emergency Department (to improve patient flow management and integrate care activities with the patient’s long-term record) and Image Access (which provides access to notes, diagnostic reports and images).

 

5


Table of Contents

Administrative and Financial Information Management applications work to impart a complete financial and administrative solution. Patient Accounting captures billing details, triggered by medical activities at the point of care, in the patient record and produces claim forms and reports, while supporting compliance with regulatory requirements. HIPAA compliant electronic transactions for eligibility, claims and remittances are integrated into these applications. Management Reporter creates queries and retrieves data needed for departmental management and tactical analysis. Interactive Eligibility Interface is designed to increase cash flow, reduce administrative costs and enhance patient satisfaction by automating insurance verification. Medical Records automates activities related to releasing patient record information in response to external requests, including tracking, billing and collection.

 

Carecast runs on the HP Nonstop Server.

 

The Groupcast Practice Management Solution offering provides a comprehensive solution to address sound financial management, patient management, administrative efficiency, clinical excellence, decision support and patient satisfaction for the medical group practice, management service organization, and other billing organizations that service the physician group marketplace. Groupcast solutions help customers improve their revenue cycle, streamline patient flow and business processes at every step in the delivery of care. Specific functionality includes patient interactive web services, scheduling, referral management, eligibility, demographic management, online EDI connectivity to payers, collections, document imaging and decision support tools. Relational reporting using Microsoft® SQL Server turns data into meaningful information for decision makers, and integration with the Allscripts TouchWorks Clinical solutions provides seamless access to the full range of clinical information.

 

The Groupcast Patient Centered Design approach to development leads to simplified system workflow using the latest HTML/Java graphical interface tools, which reduces the solution total cost of ownership and helps manage complex healthcare information. Key components of the technology foundation include an advanced web-based architecture, the UNIX operating system and a relational database reporting platform.

 

Complementary Groupcast offerings include Claims EDI and Online Status Tracking via the IDX eCommerce Services, Claim Validation and Editing tools, Electronic Charge Scanning and Document Imaging. Through IDX eCommerce Services, IDX offers a HIPAA-ready EDI solution to handle customer claims, remittances, statements, claims status and mailing services. Groupcast is committed to achieving universal connectivity throughout its entire suite of solutions by offering a portfolio of integration tools.

 

Imagecast is a leader in providing specialty workflow solutions that integrate images and information from across the healthcare enterprise. Imagecast solutions manage the clinical, demographic, administrative, billing, scheduling and image management information of specialty care departments.

 

The Imagecast Radiology Information System (“RIS”) provides a range of capabilities for managing the administrative and clinical requirements of a radiology department—from a single organization to the complex needs of the integrated delivery network. Imagecast RIS is designed to streamline workflow and improve operational efficiency. Its web architecture is designed for economy, accessibility, flexibility of implementation and easy expansion within and among facilities.

 

The Imagecast Imaging Suite integrates patient and clinical information with third-party modality and archiving functions. It enables bidirectional communication among the RIS, Picture Archiving Communication Systems (“PACS”) and modalities to facilitate the transition from a film-based department to a digital imaging environment. Imaging Suite also provides the ability to immediately correct image header errors, standard DICOM and HL7 protocol support and the ability to integrate with third-party web viewers.

 

Imagecast PACS is a revolutionary approach to intelligent medical image and information management that is designed to integrate advanced technologies in workflow and image distribution to dramatically improve the

 

6


Table of Contents

accessibility and timeliness of radiology imaging studies. Built exclusively on a single RIS/PACS database strategy, Imagecast PACS leverages the power of Imagecast RIS to maintain a single database instance of all patients and exams.

 

These three offerings: Imagecast RIS, Imaging Suite, and PACS represent the IDX Enterprise Medical Image and Information Management System (“EMIMS”). By combining the advanced intelligence of the Imaging Suite with the innovative image distribution technology of Imagecast RIS and PACS, IDX offers a web-based, single database solution for all patient data. IDX believes this unified database solution significantly improves the accessibility and timeliness of radiology imaging studies while reducing the high capital expenditures associated with PACS or traditional film-based systems.

 

Services

 

IDX maintains a Customer Services organization to install its products and to support and provide professional, technical and other consulting services to its customer base. IDX has the consulting expertise desired by the growing number of larger and more sophisticated healthcare enterprises as they re-engineer healthcare delivery processes and deploy information systems to support these processes. The customer services organization is experienced at installing and supporting systems in large organizations with thousands of computer users across multiple departments.

 

Installation Services. IDX installation representatives work with customers to optimize the use of IDX products to meet specific business needs. Services include project management, train-the-trainer programs, best practices comparison to other IDX customers and systems conversion and implementation assistance.

 

Maintenance Services. IDX provides ongoing software support to a substantial number of the Flowcast and Carecast customer base under contracts that are typically for a term of one or more years. These contracts generally renew automatically unless terminated at the option of either the customer or IDX. Software maintenance services consist of providing the customer with certain new software upgrades, on an “if and when available” basis, and general support, including error corrections and telephone consultation. Software maintenance services are generally available either on a 24-hour-a-day basis or during normal business hours.

 

Professional and Technical Services. IDX offers professional and technical services to assist customers in building an information infrastructure to operate in a complex and changing healthcare environment. The work performed by IDX includes information systems planning, process redesign, project management, contract programming, network design, education and training. These value-added services, combined with IDX systems expertise, enable IDX to support its customers’ efforts to develop consistent enterprise-wide systems and processes. Through these services, IDX believes it strengthens its relationship with customers, builds a knowledge base of best practices in the use of IDX systems, and gains information regarding future customer needs.

 

The following services are provided by the IDX consulting organization:

 

Carecast Consulting Services: Consulting services for all the Carecast system applications, implementation process, project management, technical (systems and report writing), expert rules, upgrades, release migration, programming and best practices.

 

Flowcast Consulting Services (formerly Xcede): Consulting Services in the areas of Flowcast application consulting, contract programming, process redesign, organization change management, outsourcing and systems integration across the enterprise. Diagnostic assessments to improve operational and financial performance and ensure adherence to HIPAA regulatory requirements have resulted in significant returns on investment for IDX customers.

 

Radiology Professional Management Services: System analysis and process redesign for radiology groups.

 

7


Table of Contents

BUSINESS RELATIONSHIPS

 

Allscripts Healthcare Solutions, Inc.

 

In January 2001, IDX entered into a ten-year strategic alliance with Allscripts to cooperatively develop, market, and sell integrated clinical and practice management products. The agreement between IDX and Allscripts prohibits IDX from formally collaborating with another entity to integrate Groupcast solutions or Flowcast products with products that would compete with the Allscripts products. Allscripts may not develop any practice management products or enter into a similar collaborative relationship with certain IDX competitors. The alliance enables IDX and Allscripts to offer a hand-held solution that logically fits into the physician workflow.

 

Stentor, Inc.

 

In November 2000, IDX formed a five-year alliance with Stentor, Inc. (“Stentor”) to jointly develop Imagecast PACS, a medical image and information management system (“MIMS”) combining the advanced intelligence of the Imagecast Imaging Suite with image distribution technology from Stentor. This single database solution is designed to improve the accessibility and timeliness of radiology imaging studies while significantly reducing the high capital expenditures associated with PACS or traditional film-based systems. The overall solution includes the following components:

 

    a web-based enterprise-wide medical image and information system designed to enable clinicians and referring providers access to full-fidelity images anytime, anyplace and on-demand across existing networks;

 

    a specialized workstation designed for radiologists that includes a navigation control panel where all user interface control is managed on a separate monitor, dedicating the diagnostic monitor space for image display; and

 

    a long-term medical image storage device designed to accommodate immediate accessibility of images for users.

 

Other Relationships

 

From time to time, IDX enters into relationships to distribute or resell products or services provided by third parties, such as IBM, HP, Intersystems, Microsoft, WebMD, Picis and Sentillion.

 

SALES AND MARKETING

 

The majority of IDX’s initiatives are in response to requests from existing customers or requests for proposals from prospects. IDX generates these requests and other sales primarily through referrals from customers and consultants. IDX also seeks to enhance market recognition through participation in industry seminars and tradeshows, its web site, direct mail campaigns, telemarketing and advertisements in trade journals. IDX products typically have a three to eighteen month sales cycle for new customer sales.

 

No single customer accounted for more than 10% of IDX’s annual revenues in 2001, 2002 or 2003.

 

At December 31, 2003, the Company had total backlog of $652.7 million, including $234.5 million attributable to systems sales and $418.2 million attributable to services. Systems sales backlog consists of fees due under signed contracts, primarily software license fees and third party hardware and software sales that have not yet been recognized as revenue. Service backlog represents contracted software maintenance and installation services including anticipated renewals for a period of 12 months, installation services and consulting services. At December 31, 2002, the Company had total backlog of $438.0 million including $188.7 million attributable to systems sales and $249.3 million attributable to services. Of the total 2003 backlog of $652.7 million, the Company expects that $381.2 million will not be fulfilled in 2004. The increase in our backlog and the increase in the amount that will not be fulfilled in 2004 primarily relate to services revenues on certain long-term clinical contracts that extend beyond our typical twelve to eighteen months installation periods.

 

8


Table of Contents

PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT

 

To ensure that the Company’s products continue to meet the evolving needs of the healthcare industry, IDX allocates a significant portion of annual expenditures for software development. IDX’s software development expenses for 2003, 2002 and 2001 were $55.4 million, $49.5 million and $41.9 million, respectively.

 

IDX’s product development activities include enhancement of existing products and the development of new products, as well as the implementation of new technologies. IDX is devoting significant resources to integrating the Carecast system and IDX products and expanding its web-based architecture. IDX continues to develop its products on a web-based thin-client architecture, and enhance each products’ EDI and workflow technologies. As new versions of IDX’s software products are released, improvements are included to help customers meet the latest regulatory requirements. IDX’s development process is focused on building components for its integrated product rather than on stand-alone products. These components can be integrated and configured to address specific customer needs.

 

IDX utilizes customer focus groups, user groups and industry experts, including physicians, nurses, healthcare administrators and consultants, for feedback in developing and enhancing its products and services.

 

COMPETITION

 

The market for healthcare information systems is intensely competitive, rapidly evolving and subject to rapid technological change. IDX believes that the principal competitive factors in this market include the breadth and quality of system and product offerings, the features and capabilities of the systems, the price of the system and product offerings, the ongoing support for the systems and the potential for enhancements and future compatible products. IDX believes it competes favorably with respect to these factors. Competitors vary in size and in the scope and breadth of the products and services offered. See Forward-Looking Information and Factors Affecting Future Performance—Competition for Healthcare Information Systems, below.

 

IDX experiences competition from companies with strengths in various segments of the healthcare information systems market. In addition, other entities not currently offering products and services similar to those offered by IDX, including claims processing organizations, hospitals, third-party administrators, insurers, healthcare organizations and others, may enter certain markets in which IDX competes.

 

Certain of IDX’s competitors have greater financial, development, technical, marketing and sales resources than IDX and have a greater penetration into segments of the market in which IDX competes. In addition, as the markets for IDX’s products and services further develop, additional competitors may enter those markets and competition may intensify. Our principal existing competitors include Eclipsys Corporation, McKesson Corporation, Siemens AG, Epic Systems Corporation, GE Medical and Cerner Corporation.

 

PROPRIETARY RIGHTS AND LICENSES

 

IDX depends upon a combination of trade secrets, copyright, patent and trademark laws, license agreements, nondisclosure and other contractual provisions, and technical measures to protect its proprietary rights in its products. IDX distributes its products under software license agreements that grant customers a nonexclusive, nontransferable license to use IDX’s products and contain terms and conditions prohibiting the unauthorized reproduction or transfer of IDX’s products. IDX also utilizes a variety of intellectual property rights that are licensed from third parties.

 

EMPLOYEES

 

At December 31, 2003, IDX and its subsidiaries employed 2,048 full-time employees. Management believes our relations with employees are good and no employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement.

 

9


Table of Contents

EXPANSION OF UK OPERATIONS

 

In 2004, we look forward to an expansion of our United Kingdom (“UK”) operations to deliver business performance and clinical information technology systems and services to the United Kingdom National Health Service (“NHS”) for the London region and the Southern region of the UK. Healthcare facilities in the London and Southern regions of the UK are two contracts that were awarded by the NHS as part of the NHS National Programme for Information Technology, including hardware, software, network and services. In 2003 and 2004, we teamed with British Telecommunications PLC (“BT”) to bid for the London region and Fujitsu Services Limited (“Fujitsu Services”) to bid for the Southern region. The NHS selected BT as the Local Service Provider for the London region in December 2003 and Fujitsu Services for the Southern region in January 2004. In December 2003, we reached a binding agreement in principle with Fujitsu Services with respect to the subcontract with Fujitsu Services. We believe that we will be finalizing definitive subcontract agreements to provide our technology and services to BT and Fujitsu Services, which definitive agreements we will file with the SEC on a Form 8-K or Form 10-Q, as appropriate, as soon as available. We anticipate that revenues resulting from these contracts will approximate 9% to 12% of our consolidated revenues in 2004.

 

FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION AND FACTORS AFFECTING FUTURE PERFORMANCE

 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements” as defined in Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. For this purpose, any statements contained in this Annual Report that are not statements of historical fact may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. Words such as “believes,” “anticipates,” “plans,” “expects,” “will” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. There are a number of important factors that could cause results to differ materially from those indicated by these forward-looking statements, including among others, statements regarding the health care industry, statements regarding our products, product development and information technology, statements regarding future revenue or other financial trends, statements regarding future acquisitions, strategic alliances, or other agreements, and statements regarding our intellectual property. If any risk or uncertainty identified in the following factors actually occurs, our business, financial condition and operating results would likely suffer. In that event, the market price of our common stock could decline.

 

We undertake no obligation to update or revise forward-looking statements to reflect changed assumptions, the occurrence of unanticipated events or changes in future operating results, financial condition or business over time.

 

Because of these and other factors, past financial performance should not be considered an indicator of future performance. Investors should not use historical trends to anticipate future results.

 

The following important factors affect our business and operations:

 

QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS MAY VARY. Our quarterly operating results have varied in the past and may vary in the future. We expect our quarterly results of operations to continue to fluctuate. Because a significant percentage of our expenses are relatively fixed, the following factors could cause these fluctuations:

 

    delays in customers’ purchasing decisions due to a variety of factors such as consideration and management changes;

 

    long sales cycles;

 

    long installation and implementation cycles for the larger, more complex and costlier systems;

 

    recognizing revenue at various points during the installation process, typically based on milestones; and

 

    timing of new product and service introductions and product upgrade releases.

 

In light of the above, we believe that our results of operations for any particular quarter or fiscal year are not necessarily meaningful or reliable indicators of future performance.

 

10


Table of Contents

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH OPERATIONS IN THE UNITED KINGDOM. We have been awarded contracts in the UK, which will require the expansion of our operations in the UK. Significant management attention and financial resources will be needed to develop our UK operations. International operations are subject to inherent risks, and our future results could be adversely affected by a variety of changing factors. These include:

 

    significant start-up costs, resulting in initial lower operating margins for our UK operations;

 

    unanticipated difficulties with respect to the conversion of our products to UK standards, including UK regulatory standards;

 

    difficulties and costs staffing and managing foreign operations;

 

    foreign currency exchange risk;

 

    unexpected changes in UK regulatory requirements;

 

    changes in the relationship between our prime contractors, BT and Fujitsu Services, and the NHS, including any changes relating to the timeliness or willingness to pay BT and Fujitsu Services for goods and services;

 

    changes in our relationships with our prime contractors or our sub-contractors, including difficulties in finalizing the documentation of our subcontract arrangements; and

 

    difficulties in the development of new products contemplated by our subcontract arrangements.

 

INTERNAL CONTROLS. Our management has reviewed our internal controls and procedures and we continue to monitor controls for any weaknesses or deficiencies. For example, our financial controls were adversely impacted by a conversion to a company-wide enterprise resource system that occurred during the fourth quarter and the assignment of our personnel responsible for overseeing such controls to additional special projects. Our independent auditors, Ernst & Young LLP, determined that we have significant deficiencies in the design or operation of the Company’s internal control which, if not addressed, could affect the assertions of management in the financial statements as to particular accounts. We addressed these conditions with enhanced testing and analysis, and we believe these procedures were adequate to permit us to report appropriate results in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Please see Item 9A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K (Controls and Procedures) for more information concerning this matter. No evaluation can provide complete assurance that our internal controls will detect or uncover all failures of persons within IDX to disclose material information otherwise required to be reported. The effectiveness of our controls and procedures could also be limited by simple errors or faulty judgments in decision-making. In addition, if we continue to expand globally, the challenges involved in implementing appropriate internal controls will increase and will require that we continue to improve our internal controls.

 

VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE. We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, fluctuations in our stock price due to a variety of factors, including:

 

    actual or anticipated quarterly variations in operating results;

 

    changes in expectations of future financial performance;

 

    changes in estimates of securities analysts;

 

    market conditions, particularly in the computer software and Internet industries;

 

    announcements of technological innovations, including Internet delivery of information, clinical information systems advances and use of application service provider technology;

 

    new product introductions by us or our competitors;

 

    delay in customers’ purchasing decisions due to a variety of factors;

 

    market prices of competitors; and

 

    healthcare reform measures and healthcare regulation.

 

These fluctuations have had a significant impact on the market price of our common stock, and may have a significant impact on the future market price of our common stock.

 

11


Table of Contents

These fluctuations may affect our operating results by affecting:

 

    our ability to transact stock acquisitions; and

 

    our ability to retain and incent key employees.

 

GOVERNMENT REGULATION IN THE UNITED STATES. Virtually all of our customers and the other entities with which we have a business relationship operate in the healthcare industry and, as a result, are subject to governmental regulation. Because our products and services are designed to function within the structure of the healthcare financing and reimbursement systems currently in place in the United States, and because we are pursuing a strategy of developing and marketing products and services that support our customers’ regulatory and compliance efforts, we may become subject to the reach of, and liability under, these regulations.

 

Anti-Kickback Law

 

The federal Anti-Kickback Law, among other things, prohibits the direct or indirect payment or receipt of any remuneration for Medicare, Medicaid and certain other federal or state healthcare program patient referrals, or arranging for or recommending referrals or other business paid for in whole or in part by these federal health care programs. If the activities of one of our customers or other entities with which we have a business relationship were found to constitute a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Law and, as a result of the provision of products or services to the customer or entity which engaged in these activities, we were found to have knowingly participated in such activities, we could be subject to sanction or liability, including exclusion from government health programs. As a result of exclusion from government health programs, our customers would not be permitted to make any payments to us.

 

HIPAA and Related Regulations

 

Federal regulations issued in accordance with HIPAA impose national health data standards on healthcare providers that conduct electronic health transactions, healthcare clearinghouses that convert health data between HIPAA-compliant and non-compliant formats, and health plans. Collectively, these groups, including most of our customers and our eCommerce Services clearinghouse business, are known as covered entities. These HIPAA standards include:

 

    transaction and code set standards, which we refer to as TCS Standards, that prescribe specific transaction formats and data code sets for certain electronic health care transactions;

 

    Privacy Standards that protect individual privacy by limiting the uses and disclosures of individually identifiable health information; and

 

    data security standards, which we refer to as Security Standards, that require covered entities to implement administrative, physical and technological safeguards to ensure the confidentiality, integrity, availability and security of individually identifiable health information in electronic form.

 

Failure to comply with these standards under HIPAA may subject us to civil monetary penalties and, in certain circumstances, criminal penalties. Under HIPAA, covered entities may be subject to civil monetary penalties in the amount of $100 per violation, capped at a maximum of $25,000 per year for violation of any particular standard. Also, the U.S. Department of Justice, or DOJ, may seek to impose criminal penalties for certain violations of HIPAA. Criminal penalties under the statute vary depending upon the nature of the violation but could include fines of not more than $250,000 and/or imprisonment.

 

The effect of HIPAA on our business is difficult to predict, and there can be no assurances that we will adequately address the business risks created by HIPAA and its implementation, or that we will be able to take advantage of any resulting business opportunities. Furthermore, we are unable to predict what changes to HIPAA, or the regulations issued pursuant to HIPAA, might be made in the future or how those changes could affect our business or the costs of compliance with HIPAA.

 

12


Table of Contents

HIPAA—Transaction and Code Set Standards

 

Many covered entities, including some of our customers, our eCommerce Services clearinghouse business, and trading partners of our clearinghouse business, were not fully compliant with the TCS Standards as of October 16, 2003. However, we have deployed contingency plans to accept non-standard transactions, as contemplated in the “Guidance on Compliance with HIPAA Transactions and Code Sets After the October 16, 2003 Implementation Deadline” (which we refer to as the CMS Guidance) issued by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, on July 24, 2003.

 

Although the CMS Guidance indicates that CMS will follow a complaint-driven approach, we cannot provide any assurances regarding how CMS would apply the CMS Guidance in general or to our eCommerce Services clearinghouse business in particular. In the event of enforcement action by CMS against us, there can be no assurances that we will be able to establish good faith efforts sufficient to protect us from liability for the civil monetary penalties described above. There can be no assurances that CMS would be willing to extend the 30-day time period for us to remedy our non-compliance, or that we would be able to remedy our non-compliance within the 30-day time period or any extended period granted by CMS. There can also be no assurances that the DOJ will not seek the criminal penalties described above for our failure to comply with the TCS Standards.

 

Because the entire healthcare system, including customers who use our information systems to generate claims data, has not operated at full capacity using the newly-mandated standard transactions, it is possible that currently undetected errors may cause rejection of claims, extended payment cycles, system implementation delays and cash flow reduction, with the attendant risk of liability and claims against us.

 

The CMS Guidance also indicates that in connection with its enforcement activities, CMS might require non-compliant covered entities to submit and implement corrective action plans to achieve compliance in a time and manner acceptable to CMS. In the event that we were required to submit and implement a corrective action plan, we could be required to take steps and incur costs to achieve compliance in a different manner or shorter timeframe than we would otherwise choose, which could have an adverse impact on our business operations.

 

HIPAA—Privacy Standards

 

The Privacy Standards place on covered entities specific limitations on the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information. We made certain changes in our products and services to comply with the Privacy Standards. The effect of the Privacy Standards on our business is difficult to predict and there can be no assurances that we will adequately address the risks created by the Privacy Standards and their implementation or that we will be able to take advantage of any resulting opportunities.

 

HIPAA—Security Standards

 

The Security Standards establish detailed requirements for safeguarding patient information that is electronically transmitted or electronically stored. Most participants in the healthcare industry must be in compliance with the Security Standards by April 21, 2005.

 

Some of the Security Standards are technical in nature, while others may be addressed through policies and procedures for using information systems. The Security Standards may require us to incur significant costs in evaluating our products and in ensuring that our systems meet all of the implementation specifications. We are unable to predict what changes might be made to the Security Standards prior to the 2005 implementation deadline or how those changes might impact our business. The effect of the Security Standards on our business is difficult to predict and there can be no assurances that we will adequately address the risks created by the Security Standards and their implementation or that we will be able to take advantage of any resulting opportunities.

 

Medical Device Regulations

 

We expect that the United States Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, is likely to become increasingly active in regulating computer software intended for use in healthcare settings. The FDA has increasingly focused

 

13


Table of Contents

on the regulation of computer products and computer–assisted products as medical devices under the Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act,, or the FDC Act. If computer software is considered medical device under the FDC Act, as a manufacturer of such products, we could be required, depending on the product, to:

 

    register and list our products with the FDA;

 

    notify the FDA and demonstrate substantial equivalence to other products on the market before marketing our products; or

 

    obtain FDA approval by demonstrating safety and effectiveness before marketing a product.

 

LIMITED PROTECTION OF PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY. Our success and competitiveness are dependent to a significant degree on the protection of our proprietary technology. We rely primarily on a combination of copyrights, trade secret laws, patent laws and restrictions on disclosure to protect our proprietary technology. Despite these precautions, others may be able to copy or reverse engineer aspects of our products, to obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary or to independently develop similar technology. Litigation may continue to be necessary to enforce or defend our proprietary technology or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. This litigation, whether successful or unsuccessful, could result in substantial costs and diversion of management and technical resources.

 

FINANCIAL TRENDS. Since 1999 our revenue and results from operations have been volatile. During 2000 and continuing into 2001, some of our customers delayed making purchasing decisions with respect to some of our software systems, resulting in longer sales cycles for such systems. We believe these delays were due to a number of factors, including customer organization changes, government approvals, pressures to reduce expenses, product complexity, competition and terrorist attacks on the United States. While we believe these factors were temporary, they may continue to cause reductions or delays in spending for new systems and services in the future. If these delays reoccur, they may cause unanticipated revenue volatility, decreased revenue visibility and affect our future financial performance.

 

NEW PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT AND RAPIDLY CHANGING TECHNOLOGY. To be successful, we must continuously enhance our existing products, respond effectively to technology changes, and help our customers adopt new technologies. In addition, we must introduce new products and technologies to meet the evolving needs of our customers in the healthcare information systems market. We may have difficulty in accomplishing these tasks because of:

 

    the continuing evolution of industry standards, such as standards pursuant to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, which we refer to as HIPAA; and

 

    the creation of new technological developments, such as Internet and application service provider technologies.

 

We devote significant resources toward the development of enhancements to our existing products. However, we may not successfully complete these product developments or their adaptation in a timely fashion, and our current or future products may not satisfy the needs of the healthcare information systems market. Any of these developments may adversely affect our competitive position or render our products or technologies noncompetitive or obsolete.

 

CHANGES AND CONSOLIDATION IN THE HEALTHCARE INDUSTRY. We currently derive substantially all of our revenues from sales of financial, administrative and clinical healthcare information systems, and other related services within the healthcare industry. As a result, our success is dependent in part on the political and economic conditions in the healthcare industry.

 

Virtually all of our customers and the other entities with which we have a business relationship operate in the healthcare industry and, as a result, are subject to governmental regulation, including Medicare and Medicaid regulation. Accordingly, our customers and the other entities with which we have a business relationship are affected by changes in such regulations and limitations in governmental spending for Medicare and Medicaid

 

14


Table of Contents

programs. Recent actions by Congress have limited governmental spending for the Medicare and Medicaid programs, limited payments to hospitals and other providers under Medicare and Medicaid programs, and increased emphasis on competition and other programs that potentially could have an adverse effect on our customers and the other entities with which we have a business relationship. In addition, federal and state legislatures have considered proposals to reform the U.S. healthcare system at both the federal and state level. If enacted, these proposals could increase government involvement in healthcare, lower reimbursement rates and otherwise change the business environment of our customers and the other entities with which we have a business relationship. Our customers and the other entities with which we have a business relationship could react to these proposals and the uncertainty surrounding these proposals by curtailing or deferring investments, including those for our products and services.

 

In addition, many healthcare providers are consolidating to create integrated healthcare delivery systems with greater market power. These providers may try to use their market power to negotiate price reductions for our products and services. If we are forced to reduce our prices, our operating margins would likely decrease. As the healthcare industry consolidates, competition for customers will become more intense and the importance of acquiring each customer will increase.

 

COMPETITION FOR HEALTHCARE INFORMATION SYSTEMS. The market for healthcare information systems is intensely competitive, rapidly evolving and subject to rapid technological change. We believe that the principal competitive factors in this market include the breadth and quality of system and product offerings, the features and capabilities of the systems, the price of the system and product offerings, the ongoing support for the systems, the potential for enhancements and future compatible products.

 

Some of our competitors have greater financial, technical, product development, marketing and other resources than we do, and some of our competitors offer products that we do not offer. Our principal existing competitors include Eclipsys Corporation, McKesson Corporation, Siemens AG, Epic Systems Corporation, GE Medical and Cerner Corporation. Each of these competitors offers a suite of products that competes with many of our products. There are other competitors that offer a more limited number of competing products. We may be unable to compete successfully against these organizations. In addition, we expect that major software information systems companies, large information technology consulting service providers and system integrators, Internet-based start-up companies and others specializing in the healthcare industry may offer competitive products or services.

 

PRODUCT LIABILITY CLAIMS. Any failure by our products that provide applications relating to patient treatment could expose us to product liability claims for personal injury and wrongful death. These potential claims may exceed our current insurance coverage. Unsuccessful claims could be costly to defend and divert our management’s time and resources. In addition, we cannot make assurances that we will continue to have appropriate insurance available to us in the future at commercially reasonable rates.

 

PRODUCT MALFUNCTION FINANCIAL CLAIMS. Any failure by our eCommerce electronic claims submission service, or by elements of our systems that provide administrative and financial management applications could expose us to liability claims for incorrect billing and electronic claims. These potential claims may exceed our current insurance coverage. Unsuccessful claims could be costly to defend and divert management time and resources. In addition, we cannot make assurances that we will continue to have appropriate insurance available to us in the future at commercially reasonable rates.

 

KEY PERSONNEL. Our success is dependent to a significant degree on our key management, sales, marketing, and technical personnel. To be successful we must attract, motivate, and retain highly skilled managerial, sales, marketing, consulting and technical personnel, including programmers, consultants and systems architects skilled in the technical environments in which our products operate. Competition for such personnel in the software and information services industries is intense. We do not maintain “key man” life insurance policies on any of our executives with the exception of Richard E. Tarrant. Not all of our personnel

 

15


Table of Contents

have executed noncompetition agreements. Noncompetition agreements, even if executed, are difficult and expensive to enforce, and enforcement efforts could result in substantial costs and diversion of our management and technical resources.

 

SYSTEM ERRORS, SECURITY BREACHES AND WARRANTIES. Our healthcare information systems are very complex. As with all complex information systems, our healthcare information systems may contain errors, especially when first introduced. Our healthcare information systems are intended to provide information to healthcare providers for use in the diagnosis and treatment of patients. Therefore, users of our products may have a greater sensitivity to system errors than the market for software products generally. Failure of a customer’s system to perform in accordance with its documentation could constitute a breach of warranty and require us to incur additional expenses in order to make the system comply with the documentation. If such failure is not timely remedied, it could constitute a material breach under a contract allowing our customer to cancel the contract and subject us to liability.

 

A security breach could damage our reputation or result in liability. We retain and transmit confidential information, including patient health information, in our processing centers and other facilities. It is critical that these facilities and infrastructure remain secure and be perceived by the marketplace as secure. We may be required to expend significant capital and other resources to protect against security breaches and hackers or to alleviate problems caused by breaches. Despite the implementation of security measures, this infrastructure or other systems that we interface with, including the Internet and related systems, may be vulnerable to physical break-ins, hackers, improper employee or contractor access, computer viruses, programming errors, attacks by third parties or similar disruptive problems. Any compromise of our security, whether as a result of our own systems or systems with which they interface, could reduce demand for our services and products.

 

Customer satisfaction and our business could be harmed if our business experiences delays, failures or loss of data in its systems. The occurrence of a major catastrophic event or other system failure at any of our facilities at any third-party facility, including telecommunications provider facilities, could interrupt data processing or result in the loss of stored data, which could harm our business.

 

POTENTIAL INFRINGEMENT OF PROPRIETARY RIGHTS OF OTHERS. If any of our products violate third-party proprietary rights, we may be required to re-engineer our products or seek to obtain licenses from third parties to continue offering our products without substantial re-engineering. Any efforts to reengineer our products or obtain licenses from third parties may not be successful, in which case we may be forced to stop selling the infringing product or remove the infringing functionality or feature. We may also become subject to damage awards as a result of infringing the proprietary rights of others, which could cause us to incur additional losses and have an adverse impact on our financial position. We do not conduct comprehensive patent searches to determine whether the technologies used in our products infringe patents held by others. In addition, product development is inherently uncertain in a rapidly evolving technological environment in which there may be numerous patent applications pending, many of which are confidential when filed, with regard to similar technologies.

 

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH ACQUISITION STRATEGY. We may grow in part through either acquisitions of complementary products, technologies and businesses or alliances with complementary businesses. We may not be successful in these acquisitions or alliances, or in integrating any such acquired or aligned products, technologies or businesses into our current business and operations. Factors which may affect our ability to expand successfully include:

 

    the generation of sufficient financing to fund potential acquisitions and alliances;

 

    the successful identification and acquisition of products, technologies or businesses;

 

    effective integration and operation of the acquired or aligned products, technologies or businesses despite technical difficulties, geographic limitations and personnel issues; and

 

    our ability to overcome significant competition for acquisition and alliance opportunities from companies that have significantly greater financial and management resources.

 

16


Table of Contents

STRATEGIC ALLIANCE WITH ALLSCRIPTS HEALTHCARE SOLUTIONS. In 2001, we entered into a ten-year strategic alliance with Allscripts to cooperatively develop, market and sell integrated clinical and practice management products.

 

During the term of the alliance, we are prohibited from cooperating with direct competitors of Allscripts to develop or provide any products similar to or in competition with Allscripts products in the practice management systems market. If the strategic alliance is not successful, or the restrictions placed on us during the term of the strategic alliance prohibit us from successfully marketing and selling certain products and services, our operating results may suffer. Additionally, if either we or Allscripts breach the strategic alliance, we may be left without critical clinical components for our information systems offerings in the physician group practice markets.

 

ANTI-TAKEOVER DEFENSES. Our Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Second Amended and Restated Bylaws contain certain anti-takeover provisions, which could deter an unsolicited offer to acquire our company. For example, our board of directors is divided into three classes, only one of which will be elected at each annual meeting. These provisions may delay or prevent a change in control of our company.

 

LITIGATION. We are involved in several litigation matters which are described in greater detail in Part I, Item 3, Legal Proceedings. An unfavorable resolution of pending litigation could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. Litigation may result in substantial costs and expenses and significantly divert the attention of our management regardless of the outcome. There can be no assurance that we will be able to achieve a favorable settlement of pending litigation or obtain a favorable resolution of litigation if it is not settled. In addition, current litigation could lead to increased costs or interruptions of our normal business operations.

 

No charges of wrongdoing have been brought against us in connection with the U.S. Attorney’s investigation, described in greater detail in Part I, Item 3, Legal Proceedings, and we do not believe that we have engaged in any wrongdoing in connection with this matter. However, because this investigation is or may still be underway and investigations of this type customarily are conducted in whole or in part in secret, we lack sufficient information to determine with certainty its ultimate scope and whether the government authorities will assert claims resulting from this investigation that could implicate or reflect adversely upon us. Because our reputation for integrity is an important factor in our business dealings with NIST and other governmental agencies, if a government authority were to make an allegation, or if there were to be a finding, of improper conduct on the part of or attributable to us in any matter, including in respect of the U.S. Attorney’s investigation, such an allegation or finding could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our ability to retain existing contracts and to obtain new or renewal contracts. In addition, continuing adverse publicity resulting from this investigation and related matters could have such a material adverse effect.

 

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES

 

The Company’s principal corporate offices are located at 40 IDX Drive, South Burlington, Vermont 05403. The Company maintains sales, research and support facilities in South Burlington, Vermont, Boston, Massachusetts, and Seattle, Washington. The Company maintains data centers in South Burlington, Boston and Seattle. The Company maintains regional sales, support and administrative offices in the greater metropolitan areas of Arlington, Virginia, Chicago, Illinois, Dallas, Texas, San Francisco, California, Atlanta, Georgia, San Diego, California, Louisville, Kentucky and London, United Kingdom. The principal corporate offices are housed in a campus of three Company-owned office buildings in South Burlington, Vermont, consisting of approximately 291,000 square feet of office space. The Company purchased the main headquarters office building in South Burlington, Vermont on April 19, 2001 for approximately $15.0 million from BDP Realty Associates (“BDP”), a related entity that was included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements through that date. As a result, the net assets of BDP, principally real estate and related minority interest of approximately $9.0 million, were eliminated in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of that date. The

 

17


Table of Contents

real estate was purchased for $15.0 million in cash based upon an independent appraisal of fair market value and was capitalized in property and equipment. The Company completed construction in 2002 on the initial phase of a multi-phase expansion of its corporate headquarters facility in South Burlington, Vermont, which began in November 1999. The Company leases all of its other facilities, which in the aggregate, constitute approximately 500,000 square feet of office space. The Company’s leases will expire between May 31, 2004 and March 31, 2015. From time to time, based on the Company’s requirements, the Company may consider other purchases of land or the construction of additional office space. The Company believes that its facilities are adequate for its current needs and that suitable additional space will be available as required.

 

ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

In April 2000, the Company commenced a lawsuit for damages caused by wrongful cancellation and material breach of contract by St. John Health System (“SJHS”), in the United States District Court for Eastern District of Michigan, entitled IDX Systems Corporation v. St. John Health System (case no 00-71631). Subsequently, SJHS commenced a lawsuit against the Company in the Circuit Court of Wayne County, Michigan, claiming damages against the Company for anticipatory repudiation, breach of contract, tort and fraud. On motion of the Company, SJHS’s lawsuit was removed to and consolidated in the federal court. In its answer to the Company’s lawsuit, SJHS asserted the same claims previously asserted in its state court action. In November 2003, trial of the lawsuit commenced and ended when the parties entered into a mutually satisfactory confidential settlement agreement, including terms by which all of the litigation terminated and all claims were released.

 

In late 2001, the Company finalized a “Cooperative Agreement” with a non-regulatory federal agency within the U.S. Commerce Department’s Technology Administration, NIST, whereby the Company agreed to lead a $9.2 million, multi-year project awarded by NIST to a joint venture composed of the Company and four other joint venture partners. The project entails research and development to be conducted by the Company and its partners in the grant. Subsequently, an employee of the Company made allegations that the Company had illegally submitted claims for labor expenses and license fees to NIST and that the Company never had a serious interest in researching the technological solutions described in the proposal to NIST.

 

The Company believes the employee has likely filed an action under the Federal False Claims Act under seal in the Federal District Court for the Western District of Washington with respect to his claims, sometimes referred to as a “qui tam” complaint. The Company has no information regarding the specific allegations in the qui tam complaint. Further, the Company has no information concerning the actual amount of money at issue in the qui tam complaint or in any action the employee has brought claiming damages for alleged retaliatory actions by the Company. The Company has not yet been served with legal process detailing the allegations. Prompted by the employee’s allegations, the Civil Division of the U.S. Attorney’s office in Seattle, Washington is investigating whether the Company made false statements in connection with the application for the project award from NIST. The Company is cooperating in the U.S. Attorney’s ongoing investigation.

 

In April 2003, the Company filed a complaint against the employee with the United States District Court for the Western District of Washington, entitled IDX Systems Corporation v. Mauricio Leon (case no. C03-972R). The Company’s lawsuit asks the Court to grant a declaratory judgment stating that, should the Company terminate the employee’s employment, such action would not constitute retaliation for alleged whistle-blowing activities in violation of the Federal False Claims Act or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and would not constitute a violation of the employee’s rights under other laws.

 

In May 2003, the employee filed a complaint against the Company with the Federal District Court for the Western District of Washington, entitled Mauricio A. Leon, M.D. v. IDX Systems Corporation (case no. CV03 1158P) asserting that the Company had knowledge that the employee engaged in “protected activity” and retaliated against the employee in violation of the False Claims Act. In addition, the employee alleges that the Company violated the Americans with Disabilities Act and its Washington State counterpart in part through

 

18


Table of Contents

retaliation against the employee for exercising the employee’s rights under the federal and state discrimination laws. The employee also asserts other causes of action including wrongful termination in violation of public policy, fraudulent inducement to enter into an employment contract with the Company, and negligent and intentional infliction of emotional distress. The employee requests relief including, but not limited to, an injunction against the Company enjoining and restraining the Company from the alleged harassment and discrimination, wages, damages, attorneys’ fees, interest and costs. In addition, the employee’s complaint alleges that the Company falsified unspecified documents submitted to the Government and made unspecified false statements to the Government.

 

Following a hearing on October 21, 2003, the Court on October 22, 2003, issued a series of orders regarding alignment of the IDX v. Leon and Leon v. IDX cases. Pursuant to the orders, the claims asserted by the parties will proceed under the case of Leon v. IDX, case number CV03-1158. IDX realigned its declaratory judgment claims as affirmative defenses and/or counterclaims in that case. The employee filed a motion for an injunction to reinstate his pay and benefits pending conclusion of the action. The motion was denied on December 12, 2003. Trial of the consolidated cases is presently scheduled for November 2004. The Company intends to vigorously defend itself and to vigorously pursue relief through prosecution of its own claims in the consolidated lawsuits. Although the Company believes that these actions are without merit, the Company currently cannot predict the outcome or the impact these matters may have on the Company’s operations.

 

In May 2003, the employee filed a complaint against the Company with the U.S. Department of Labor, pursuant to Section 1514A of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The employee’s complaint asserts that, notwithstanding alleged notice to the Company of the employee’s allegations, Company management conspired to continue to defraud the government by allowing fraudulent activities to continue uncorrected and by concealing and avoiding its obligations to report any and all fraudulent activities to the proper authorities. In addition, the employee’s complaint alleges that the Company acted to retaliate, harass and intimidate the employee in contravention of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act’s whistleblower provisions. The employee’s complaint requests relief including, but not limited to, reinstatement, back-pay, with interest, and compensation for any damages sustained by the employee as a result of the alleged discrimination. The Department of Occupational Health and Safety is investigating the employee’s complaint on behalf of the U.S. Department of Labor, and the Company intends to cooperate in the investigation. The Company intends to vigorously defend against the employee’s claims.

 

There are additional claims made by the employee against the Company, including a charge with the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, claiming that the employee was discriminated against in violation of the Americans with Disabilities Act, the processing of which the EEOC has subsequently terminated through a Notice of Right to Sue. In addition, based on a media report, the Company believes the employee has also apparently filed a claim with the Office of Civil Rights of Health and Human Services based on an assertion that the Company retaliated against him by allegedly releasing medical information in violation of the requirements of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996. The Company has not received notice of any charge from the agency, and the agency has not confirmed that any claim has been filed. The Company intends to vigorously defend against the claims.

 

ITEM 4.    SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

 

None.

 

19


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

 

The following sets forth: (i) the name and age of each current executive officer of the Company; (ii) the position(s) currently held by each named person; and (iii) the principal occupations held by each person named for at least the past five years.

 

Executive Officer


   Age

  

Position


James H. Crook, Jr.

   47    Chief Executive Officer

Thomas W. Butts

   43    President and Chief Operating Officer

John A. Kane

   51    Senior Vice President Finance and Administration, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Robert W. Baker, Jr.

   55    Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Robert F. Galin

   59    President United Kingdom Operations and Senior Vice President Sales

Stephen C. Gorman

   38    President and General Manager Groupcast Operating Unit

Michael A. Raymer

   44    Senior Vice President/General Manager Carecast Operating Unit

Walt N. Marti

   48    Vice President/General Manager Imagecast Operating Unit

 

Mr. Crook, who joined the Company in April 1981, has served as Chief Executive Officer since January 2003 and as Director since April 2003. Prior to that time, Mr. Crook has served as Vice President of the Company from June 1984 to February 1999. He served as a Director of the Company from July 1984 to June 1995. He served as President and Chief Operating Officer from February 1999 to December 2002. In addition to serving as Chief Executive Officer, he also served as President from January 2003 to January 2004.

 

Mr. Butts, who joined the Company as President/General Manager of the Flowcast operating unit in January 2002, has served as President and Chief Operating Officer since January 2004. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Butts worked for 17 years with GE Medical Systems of Milwaukee, WI, a global leader in medical imaging, interventional procedures, healthcare services and information technology. At GE, he served as General Manager of X-Ray Sales and Marketing Europe from March 2000 to December 2001 and as Vice President of OEC Medical Systems from November 1999 to March 2000.

 

Mr. Kane has served as the Senior Vice President, Finance and Administration, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since May 2001 and as the Vice President, Finance and Administration, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer from October 1984, when he joined the Company, to May 2001. Mr. Kane is a CPA.

 

Mr. Baker joined the Company as General Counsel and Secretary in July 1989. He served as Vice President since April 1996 until December 2001, when Mr. Baker retired from the Company and maintained a private law practice. In September 2002, Mr. Baker rejoined the Company as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary.

 

Mr. Galin has served in his current positions as President of IDX United Kingdom, Limited a wholly-owned subsidiary of IDX since September 2003 and Senior Vice President, Sales since June 2000. He served as Vice President, Sales since August 1992 and as Director of Sales from April 1982 to August 1992.

 

Mr. Gorman, who joined the Company as a sales representative in June 1991, has served as President and General Manager, Groupcast operating unit since December 2003. Prior to that time, Mr. Gorman served the Company in various capacities, including Southeast Region Operations Manager from 1995 to 1997, National Operations Manager from 1997 to 1999, and Vice President and General Manager, Groupcast operating unit from 1999 to 2003.

 

20


Table of Contents

Mr. Raymer, who joined the Company as Vice President of Marketing for the Carecast operating unit in December 2001, has served as Senior Vice President and General Manager Carecast since September 2003. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Raymer served from August 1997 as Vice President of Products and Vice President of Marketing at Shared Healthcare Systems, a startup building enterprise class web products for long term care facilities. Prior to that, he had served as General Manager/Director of the Clinical Information Systems Division at Nellcor Puritan Bennett/Mallinckrodt Corporation, a manufacturer of medical devices.

 

Mr. Marti, who joined the Company as a sales representative in March 1989, has served as Vice President/General Manager, Imagecast operating unit since December 1999. Prior to that time, Mr. Marti served the Company in various capacities, including Sales Manager of Systems Division, Regional Manager of Systems Division and Directors of Sales of Radiology Imaging Solutions Division.

 

Each officer serves at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors. There are no family relationships among the named officers.

 

21


Table of Contents

PART II

 

ITEM 5.   MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

(a)   Market Price of and Dividends on Common Stock and Related Matters. The Common Stock of IDX is traded on the NASDAQ National Market under the symbol “IDXC.” The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the high and low sales prices per share of the Common Stock as reported by the NASDAQ National Market.

 

     High

   Low

Quarter/Year


   2002

First Quarter 2002

   $ 18.50    $ 10.95

Second Quarter 2002

   $ 18.82    $ 11.95

Third Quarter 2002

   $ 14.41    $ 9.80

Fourth Quarter 2002

   $ 18.56    $ 10.54
     2003

First Quarter 2003

   $ 18.10    $ 13.34

Second Quarter 2003

   $ 17.93    $ 13.15

Third Quarter 2003

   $ 27.44    $ 15.21

Fourth Quarter 2003

   $ 28.06    $ 20.71

 

On February 27, 2004, the Company had approximately 646 stockholders of record. (This number does not include stockholders for whom shares are held in a “nominee” or “street” name.) On February 27, 2004, the closing price of the Company’s Common Stock on the NASDAQ National Market was $34.72.

 

The Company has not declared or paid a dividend since the Company’s initial public offering in 1995. The Company anticipates that all future earnings will be retained for development of its business and will not be distributed to stockholders as dividends. Restrictions or limitations on the payment of dividends may be imposed in the future under the terms of credit agreements or under other contractual provisions. In the absence of such restrictions or limitations, the payment of any dividends will be at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

22


Table of Contents
ITEM 6.   SELECTED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

 

The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and are qualified by reference to the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Report. The operations of the Medical Transcription Services segment were discontinued in 2003 in connection with the sale of our subsidiary, EDiX, to TEM on June 18, 2003. Accordingly, the amounts below have been reclassified from previously published numbers to reflect the effect of discontinued operations. The statement of operations data set forth below for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, and the balance sheet data at December 31, 2003 and 2002, are derived from audited consolidated financial statements of IDX Systems Corporation included elsewhere herein, which have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors. The statement of operations data set forth below for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999, and the balance sheet data at December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999 are derived from consolidated financial statements of IDX Systems Corporation not included herein. See Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for basis of presentation.

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
     2003

   2002

    2001

    2000

    1999*

 
     (in thousands, except for per share data)  

Statement of Operations Data:

                                       

Revenues

   $ 399,181    $ 348,246     $ 295,849     $ 281,775     $ 308,031  

Operating income (loss)

     30,352      10,505       (40,303 )     (69,452 )     (7,912 )

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     31,675      10,883       (12,286 )     (38,198 )     (4,061 )

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     26,383      (909 )     3,688       2,230       (3,519 )

Net income (loss)

     58,058      9,974       (8,598 )     (35,968 )     (7,580 )

Diluted net income (loss) per share from continuing operations

   $ 1.06    $ 0.37     $ (0.43 )   $ (1.36 )   $ (0.15 )

Diluted net income (loss) per share from discontinued operations

   $ 0.88    $ (0.03 )   $ 0.13     $ 0.08     $ (0.13 )

*       All 1999 statement of operations data pertaining to continuing operations have been revised to reflect an increase in revenue of approximately $560,000 based on the determination by the Company that the Company incorrectly recognized in 1998 $718,000 of revenue that should have been recognized later, principally in 1999.

 


            

     December 31,

 
     2003

   2002

    2001

    2000

    1999

 
     (in thousands)  

Balance Sheet Data:

                                       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 25,536    $ 40,135     $ 38,083     $ 16,357     $ 18,487  

Marketable securities

     79,068      14,300       18,290       54,326       49,872  

Working capital

     146,307      105,418       104,592       144,722       145,004  

Total assets

     338,569      287,717       265,322       297,491       271,147  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock of subsidiary

     —        —         —         33,140       —    

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 260,654    $ 192,213     $ 177,998     $ 179,110     $ 206,514  

 

The results of operations for the periods presented above include certain significant pre-tax charges and gains in the following periods as described below:

 

2003

 

A gain of $23.8 million on the sale of EDiX and an after-tax $13.1 million tax benefit due to the reversal of the deferred taxes valuation allowance.

 

23


Table of Contents

2002

 

A charge of $9.2 million related to a lease abandonment and a gain on sale of an investment in ChannelHealth of $4.3 million.

 

2001

 

A charge of $19.5 million related to a restructuring program, a gain on sale of an investment in ChannelHealth of $35.5 million, a realized gain on investment in an unrelated entity of $5.8 million and the equity in the loss of an unconsolidated affiliate of $17.6 million.

 

2000

 

Charges of $21.0 million related to a product discontinuance and restructuring program, a $5.8 million loss on impairment of goodwill associated with ChannelHealth, Inc. and a realized gain on investment in an unrelated entity of $7.3 million.

 

1999

 

Charges for merger and other costs related to the EDiX acquisition of $4.0 million and an asset impairment charge of $1.6 million.

 

ITEM 7.   MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

You should read the following discussion together with the consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This Item contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those included in such forward-looking statements. Factors which could cause actual results to differ materially include those set forth under “Forward-Looking Information and the Factors Affecting Future Performance”, included in Item 1, as well as those otherwise discussed in this section and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Unless otherwise specified or the context requires otherwise, the terms “we”, “our” and “us” refer to IDX Systems Corporation and its subsidiaries.

 

INTRODUCTION

 

Overview

 

Founded in 1969, IDX Systems Corporation provides information technology (software and service) solutions to maximize value in the delivery of healthcare by improving the quality of patient service, enhancing medical outcomes and reducing the costs of care. We offer business performance and clinical software solutions. Healthcare providers purchase IDX systems, which are designed to be complementary and functionally rich, to improve their patients’ experience through simpler access, safer care delivery and more streamlined accounting.

 

We generate revenues from system sales and maintenance and service fees. Our system sales are comprised of a combination of IDX software licensed under the Flowcast, Groupcast, Carecast and Imagecast brands to primarily end-user customers, as well as bundled third party hardware and software. In addition our IDX eCommerce Services business offers web-based electronic data interchange (“EDI”) claims, remittance and statement services using a single Internet connection and is designed to improve data quality and streamline business processes by linking physician practices to sophisticated mailing services and other businesses. Our maintenance and service fees consist of software maintenance fees, installation fees, professional and technical service fees, consulting fees and other miscellaneous fees. Costs relating to system sales consist primarily of

 

24


Table of Contents

external costs for bundled third party hardware and software purchases. Costs relating to maintenance and service fees consist primarily of employee costs and related infrastructure costs incurred in providing installation services, post-installation support and training and consulting services.

 

Our revenue growth is driven by demand for new healthcare information technology systems and services as well as installation, maintenance and service to our existing customers, which total more than 3,370 installation sites and include more than 138,000 physicians as of December 31, 2003. Our earnings growth is driven primarily by IDX software sales, which yield significantly higher gross profit margins than our hardware and services revenue components. Our ability to maintain or increase our services revenue in the future depends primarily on our ability to increase our installed customer base, resubscribe existing customers to maintenance agreements and to maintain or increase current levels of our professional services business.

 

Significant Events

 

In June 2003, we completed the disposition of our wholly owned subsidiary, EDiX, to TEM, a medical transcription company based in Franklin, Tennessee, for approximately $64.0 million. The sale resulted in a gain of $26.5 million, including an income tax benefit of $2.7 million, and generated approximately $53.6 million in cash, net of our transactions costs and cash transferred as part of the sale. With the sale of EDiX, we no longer provide medical transcription outsourcing services.

 

Our financial statements have been reclassified to reflect EDiX as a discontinued operation for all periods presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. As a result, we no longer discuss EDiX as a separate segment. For purposes of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the discussion will relate to our only segment, Information Systems and Services, which is discussed under the Results from Continuing Operations section below. The results of EDiX through June 18, 2003 (the date of sale) are discussed under the Results of Discontinued Operations section below.

 

Financial Results

 

We measure financial performance by monitoring revenue and backlog from systems and services, days sales outstanding, recurring revenue, gross profit margin, operating margin and earnings per share. 2002 marked a successful transition and turnaround in the profitability of IDX. In 2003, we experienced revenue growth, improved margins and a reduction in the average time we collect payment on sales, measured by Days Sales Outstanding (“DSO”). In addition, during 2003, we generated approximately $33.7 million in cash flow from operating activities and invested approximately $13.6 million in our enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system. In 2002, we began implementation of the ERP system, which is designed to align and integrate our employees, processes and technology through software applications using best practices. The ERP system is designed to provide us with a strong infrastructure to support our planned growth.

 

Our revenues from continuing operations increased 14.6% to $399.2 million in 2003 from $348.2 million in 2002 and 17.7% in 2002 from $295.8 million in 2001 driven by our ability to generate new sales as well as sales to our existing customers. Flowcast and Groupcast operating units, which encompass our eCommerce Services clearinghouse business, exceeded their revenues from prior years. We also experienced growth in the Carecast business, which combines our business performance and clinical solutions, and in the Imagecast business, which provides integrated information and imaging systems. Our overall cost of sales percentage decreased by approximately 2.2% in 2003 as compared to 2002 contributing to an operating margin of $30.4 million or 7.6% in 2003. In 2003, we reported income from continuing operations of $31.7 million, or $1.06 diluted earnings per share, and at December 31, 2003, cash and marketable securities totaled $104.6 million.

 

The statements of operations for 2003, 2002 and 2001 included the following:

 

    Income from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2003, included a $13.1 million income tax benefit resulting from the reversal of our deferred tax asset valuation allowance.

 

25


Table of Contents
    Income from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2002, included before income taxes: (i) a gain of $4.3 million, net of income taxes, resulting from the sale of our majority owned subsidiary, ChannelHealth, to Allscripts, and (ii) a lease abandonment charge of $9.2 million, net of income taxes.

 

    Loss from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2001, included the following items, before income taxes: (i) a $19.5 million restructuring charge, (ii) a $35.5 million gain resulting from the sale of our majority owned subsidiary, ChannelHealth, to Allscripts, (iii) a $5.8 million realized gain from a distribution of marketable equity securities related to an investment in an unrelated investment partnership, and (iv) a $17.6 million equity loss on our investment in Allscripts.

 

A more detailed discussion of our results is presented in the Results from Continuing Operations section below.

 

IDX in the UK

 

We currently anticipate that revenues from our subcontractor arrangements relating to the NHS will account for approximately 9% to 12% of our consolidated revenues in 2004. We currently anticipate that the first year of the UK project will involve significant start-up costs resulting in initial lower operating margins for our UK operation; however, we currently expect the UK business to contribute positively to earnings in 2004 and in the long-term. Revenues generated under these subcontract arrangements represent software sales that will require significant customization, and as such, will be recognized under the percentage-to-completion method. Our subcontract agreements will be denominated in British pounds sterling and as such our operating results will be affected by changes in the relative strength of the United States dollar against the British pound, which will be recorded as foreign currency transaction gains or losses. Our revenues would be adversely affected when the United States dollar strengthens against the British pound and would be positively affected when the United States dollar weakens. We are currently evaluating a foreign exchange hedging program principally designed to mitigate our foreign currency transaction gains and losses due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We may utilize derivative financial instruments, such as forward exchange rate contracts, to reduce foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on financial results. We will not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates and judgments on our historical experience, our current knowledge, including terms of existing contracts, and our beliefs of what could occur in the future, based on our observance of trends in the industry, information provided by our customers and information available from other outside sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

 

The following critical accounting policies affect the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, and could potentially create materially different results under different assumptions and conditions.

 

    revenue recognition,

 

    allowance for doubtful accounts and returns,

 

    capitalization of software development costs,

 

    income taxes, and

 

    accounting for contingencies.

 

This is not a comprehensive list of all of IDX’s accounting policies. For a detailed discussion on the application of these and other accounting policies, see Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

26


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition—We enter into contracts to license software and sell hardware and related ancillary products to customers through our direct sales force. The majority of our system sales attributable to software license revenue is earned from software that does not require significant customization or modification. We recognize revenue for the licensing of software in accordance with American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) Statement of Position (“SOP”) 97-2, and accordingly, we recognize revenue from software licenses, hardware, and related ancillary products when:

 

    persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, which is typically when a customer has signed a non-cancelable sales and software license agreement;

 

    delivery, which is typically FOB shipping point, is complete for the software (either physically or electronically), hardware and related ancillary products;

 

    the customer’s fee is deemed to be fixed or determinable and free of contingencies or significant uncertainties; and

 

    collectibility is probable.

 

We must exercise our judgment when we assess the probability of collection and the current creditworthiness of each customer. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, it may affect the timing and the amount of revenue we recognize on a contract to the extent of cash collected. In addition, in certain instances judgment is required in assessing if there are uncertainties in determining the fee. If there are significant uncertainties, the revenue is not recognized until the fee is determinable.

 

We use the residual method to recognize revenue when a contract includes one or more elements to be delivered at a future date and vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of the fair value of all undelivered elements (typically maintenance and professional services) exists. Under the residual method, we defer revenue recognition of the fair value of the undelivered elements and we allocate the remaining portion of the arrangement fee to the delivered elements and recognize it as revenue, assuming all other conditions for revenue recognition have been satisfied. We recognize substantially all of our product revenue in this manner. If we cannot determine the fair value of any undelivered element included in an arrangement, we will defer revenue recognition until all elements are delivered, services are performed or until fair value can be objectively determined.

 

As part of an arrangement, we typically sell maintenance contracts as well as professional services to customers. Maintenance services include telephone and web-based support as well as rights to unspecified upgrades and enhancements, when and if we make them generally available. Professional services are deemed to be non-essential and typically are for implementation planning, loading of software, installation of hardware, training, building simple interfaces, running test data, assisting in the development and documentation of process rules, and best practices consulting.

 

We recognize revenues from maintenance services ratably over the term of the maintenance contract period based on VSOE of fair value. VSOE of fair value is based upon the amount charged for maintenance when purchased separately, which is typically the contract’s renewal rate. Maintenance services are typically stated separately in an arrangement. We classify the allocated fair value of revenues pertaining to contractual maintenance obligations as a current liability, since they are typically for the twelve-month period subsequent to the balance sheet date.

 

We generally recognize revenues from professional services based on VSOE of fair value when: (1) a non-cancelable agreement for the services has been signed or a customer’s purchase order has been received; and (2) the professional services have been delivered. VSOE of fair value is based upon the price charged when professional services are sold separately and is typically based on an hourly rate for professional services.

 

The application of SOP 97-2 requires judgment, including whether a software arrangement includes multiple elements, and if so, whether VSOE of fair value exists for those elements. Typically our contracts

 

27


Table of Contents

contain multiple elements, and while the majority of our contracts contain standard terms and conditions, there are instances where our contracts contain non-standard terms and conditions. As a result, contract interpretation is sometimes required to determine the appropriate accounting, including whether the deliverables specified in a multiple element arrangement should be treated as separate units of accounting for revenue recognition purposes, and if so, how the price should be allocated among the deliverable elements and when to recognize revenue for each element. While these judgments might impact the timing of revenue recognition, they would not change the total revenue recognized on the contract.

 

Our arrangements with customers generally include acceptance provisions. However, these acceptance provisions are typically based on our standard acceptance provision, which provides the customer with a right to a refund if the arrangement is terminated because the product did not meet our published specifications. This right generally expires 30 days after installation. The product is deemed accepted unless the customer notifies the Company otherwise. Generally, we determine that these acceptance provisions are not substantive and historically have not been exercised, and therefore should be accounted for as a warranty in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 5. In addition, for our Carecast system, our specifications include a 99.9% uptime guarantee and subsecond response time. The length of the guarantee typically ranges from one to three years with an annual renewal option. Historically, we have not incurred substantive costs relating to this guarantee and we currently accrue for such costs as they are incurred. We review these costs on a regular basis as actual experience and other information becomes available; and should they become more substantive, we would accrue an estimated exposure.

 

At the time we enter into an arrangement, we assess the probability of collection of the fee and the terms granted to the customer. Our typical payment terms include a deposit and subsequent payments based on specific milestone events and dates. If we consider the payment terms for the arrangement to be extended or if the arrangement includes a substantive acceptance provision, we defer revenue not meeting the criterion for recognition under SOP 97-2 and classify this revenue as deferred revenue, including deferred product revenue. Our payment terms are generally less than 90 days and payments from customers are typically due within 30 days of invoice date. If payment terms for an arrangement are considered extended or if the arrangement contains a substantive acceptance provision, we defer the recognition of revenue not meeting the criterion under SOP 97-2, including product revenue. We recognize this revenue, assuming all other conditions for revenue recognition have been satisfied, when the payment of the arrangement fee becomes due and/or when the uncertainty regarding acceptance is resolved as generally evidenced by written acceptance or payment of the arrangement fee.

 

Additionally, we periodically enter into certain arrangements for the sale of software that require significant customization. In these instances, we account for the contract in accordance with Accounting Research Bulletin (“ARB”) No. 45, Long-term Construction-Type Contracts and SOP 81-1, Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts. In those situations, we generally recognize revenue on a percentage of completion basis using labor input measures, which involves the use of estimates. Labor input measures are used because they reasonably measure the stage of completion of the contract. Revisions to cost estimates are recorded to income in the period in which the facts that give rise to the revision become known. We recognize losses, if any, on fixed price contracts when the loss is determined. We record revenue in excess of billings on long-term service contracts as unbilled receivables. We record billings in excess of revenue recognized on service contracts as deferred income until revenue recognition criteria are met.

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Credits—IDX maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to reflect estimated losses resulting from the inability of customers to make required payments. We record an allowance for receivables based on a percentage of revenues. Additionally, individual overdue accounts are reviewed, and an additional allowance is recorded when determined necessary to state the specific receivable at realizable value. We base our allowance on estimates after consideration of factors such as the composition of the accounts receivable aging, historical bad debt experience and our evaluation of the financial condition of the customers. If the financial condition of customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make

 

28


Table of Contents

payments, additional allowances and bad debt expense may be required. We typically do not require collateral. Historically, our estimates have been adequate to cover accounts receivable exposures.

 

We also record a provision for estimated credits on product and service related sales in the same period the related revenues are recorded. These estimates are based on an analysis of historical credits issued and other known factors. If the historical data we use to calculate these estimates does not properly reflect the future credits, then a change in the credit reserve would be made in the period in which such a determination is made and revenues in that period would be affected.

 

Capitalization of Software Development Costs—We expense all costs incurred in the research, design and development of software for sale to others until technological feasibility is established. Technological feasibility is established when planning, designing, coding and testing activities have been completed so that the working model is consistent with the product design as confirmed by testing. Thereafter, we capitalize and amortize software development costs to software development expense on a straight-line basis over the lesser of 18 months or the estimated lives of the respective products, beginning when the products are offered for sale. We capitalize software acquired if the related software under development has reached technological feasibility or if there are alternative future uses for the software. We evaluate the recoverability of capitalized software based on estimated future gross revenues reduced by the estimated cost of completing the products and of performing maintenance and customer support. If our gross revenues were to be significantly less than our estimates, the net realizable value of our capitalized software intended for sale would be impaired.

 

While we believe that our current estimates and the underlying assumptions regarding capitalized software development costs are appropriate, future events could necessitate adjustments to these estimates, resulting in additional software development expense in the period of adjustment.

 

We expense costs incurred in the development of software for internal use until we have completed the conceptual formulation, design, and testing of possible project alternatives, including the process of vendor selection for purchased software, if any. We capitalize and amortize certain costs; principally external direct costs and payroll and payroll related costs directly associated with the internal-use computer software project, incurred subsequent to the preliminary project stage, to operating expense on a straight-line basis over the lesser of seven years or the estimated economic life of the software.

 

Income Taxes—We account for income taxes under the liability method. We determine deferred tax assets and liabilities based on differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities, measured using the enacted tax rates that will be in effect when these differences are expected to reverse. We have typically had net deferred tax assets at our reporting dates. While we are not assured of realization of these assets, we have conducted an assessment of the likelihood of realization and have concluded that at December 31, 2003, a significant valuation allowance is no longer required. In reaching our conclusion, we evaluated certain relevant criteria, including future taxable income, and tax planning strategies designed to generate future taxable income. Given our cumulative pre-tax income from continuing operations for the three year period ended December 31, 2003, we believe that future earnings will be sufficient to recover substantially all of our previously unrecognized deferred tax assets. As a result, we have reversed the valuation allowance related to substantially all of our deferred tax assets in 2003. Our deferred tax assets related to capital loss carryforwards are recognized based on a tax planning strategy. This strategy contemplates the sale of an investment in an equity method investee at a gain. To the extent that facts and circumstances change—for example, if there is a decline in the fair value of the equity method investment—this tax planning strategy may no longer be sufficient to support these specific deferred tax assets and the Company may be required to increase the valuation allowance. To the extent that future taxable income against which these tax assets may be applied is not sufficient, some portion or all of our recorded deferred tax assets would not be realizable.

 

Accounting for Contingencies—We are currently involved in certain legal proceedings, which, if unfavorably determined, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition. In

 

29


Table of Contents

connection with our assessment of these legal proceedings, we must determine if an unfavorable outcome is probable and evaluate the costs for resolution of these matters, if reasonably estimable. We have developed these determinations and related estimates in consultation with outside counsel handling our defense in these matters, and through an analysis of potential results assuming a combination of litigation and defense strategies. See Item 3. “Legal Proceedings” and Note 14 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

The above listing is not intended to be a comprehensive list of all of our accounting policies. In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by generally accepted accounting principles, with no need for management’s judgment in their application. There are also areas in which management’s judgment in selecting any available alternative would not produce a materially different result. See our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K which contain accounting policies and other disclosures required by generally accepted accounting principles.

 

NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

 

In January 2003, the FASB issued FIN 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, to expand upon and strengthen existing accounting guidance that addresses when a company should include in its financial statements the assets, liabilities and activities of another entity. Prior to FIN 46, a company generally included another entity in its consolidated financial statements only if it controlled the entity through voting interests. FIN 46 changes that guidance by requiring a variable interest entity, as defined in FIN 46, to be consolidated by a company if that company is subject to a majority of the risk of loss from the variable interest entity’s activities or is entitled to receive a majority of the entity’s residual returns or both. FIN 46 also requires disclosure about variable interest entities that the company is not required to consolidate but in which it has a significant variable interest. On October 8, 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board deferred the effective date of FIN 46 for variable interest entities created before February 1, 2003 to periods ending after December 15, 2003. A public entity need not apply the provisions of FIN 46 to an interest held in a variable interest entity (“VIE”) until the end of the first interim or annual period ending after December 15, 2003, if both of the following apply:

 

    the VIE was created before February 1, 2003, and

 

    the public entity has not issued financial statements reporting interests in VIE’s in accordance with FIN 46, other than certain required disclosures.

 

Certain of the disclosure requirements apply in all financial statements issued after January 31, 2003, regardless of when the variable interest entity was established. The adoption of FIN 46 had no impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In May 2003, the EITF reached a consensus on Issue No. 03-5, “Applicability of AICPA Statement of Position 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, to Non-Software Deliverables in an Arrangement Containing More-Than-Incidental Software.” The FASB ratified this consensus in August 2003. EITF Issue No. 03-5 affirms that AICPA Statement of Position 97-2 applies to non-software deliverables, such as hardware, in an arrangement if the software is essential to the functionality of the non-software deliverables. The adoption of EITF Issue No. 03-5 did not have a material impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity (“SFAS No. 150”), to establish standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It requires that an issuer classify a financial instrument within its scope as a liability (or an asset in some circumstances). SFAS No. 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003, except for certain provisions that have been deferred. Adoption of SFAS No. 150 had no impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In November 2002, the Emerging Issues Task Force issued a final consensus on issue 00-21, Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables (“EITF 00-21”), which addresses how to account for

 

30


Table of Contents

arrangements that may involve the delivery or performance of multiple products, services, and/or rights to use assets. EITF 00-21 is effective prospectively for arrangements entered into in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2003. Companies may also elect to apply the provisions of EITF 00-21 to existing arrangements and record the operating statement impact as the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle. We have adopted EITF 00-21 prospectively for contracts beginning after June 30, 2003. The adoption of EITF 00-21 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

In December 2003, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, Revenue Recognition (“SAB No. 104”), which revises or rescinds portions of the interpretive guidance included in Topic 13 of the codification of staff accounting bulletins in order to make this interpretative guidance consistent with current authoritative accounting and auditing guidance and SEC rules and regulations. SAB No. 104 had no impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

RESULTS OF CONTINUING OPERATIONS

 

The following table indicates the percentage of total revenues and the dollar and percentage of period over period change represented by line items in our consolidated statements of operations from continuing operations:

 

    Years Ended December 31,

 
                                      Change Year Over Year

 
                                      2003 over 2002

    2002 over 2001

 
    2003

  % Sales

    2002

    % Sales

    2001

    % Sales

    $
Variance


    %
Variance


    $
Variance


    %
Variance


 
    (in thousands, except percentages and per share amounts)  

System sales

  $ 146,478   36.7 %   $ 117,491     33.7 %   $ 111,113     37.6 %   $ 28,987     24.7 %   $ 6,378     5.7 %

Maintenance and service fees

    252,703   63.3 %     230,755     66.3 %     184,736     62.4 %     21,948     9.5 %     46,019     24.9 %
   

 

 


 

 


 

 


       


     

Total revenues

    399,181   100.0 %     348,246     100.0 %     295,849     100.0 %     50,935     14.6 %     52,397     17.7 %

Cost of system sales

    49,488   12.4 %     38,696     11.1 %     37,030     12.5 %     10,792     27.9 %     1,666     4.5 %

Cost of maintenance and services

    178,536   44.7 %     167,751     48.2 %     162,448     54.9 %     10,785     6.4 %     5,303     3.3 %

Selling, general and administrative

    85,382   21.4 %     72,617     20.9 %     75,304     25.5 %     12,765     17.6 %     (2,687 )   -3.6 %

Software development costs

    55,423   13.9 %     49,494     14.2 %     41,854     14.1 %     5,929     12.0 %     7,640     18.3 %

Restructuring costs

    —     0.0 %     —       0.0 %     19,516     6.6 %     —         *     (19,516 )     *

Lease abandonment charge

    —     0.0 %     9,183     2.6 %     —       0.0 %     (9,183 )     *     9,183       *
   

 

 


 

 


 

 


       


     

Total operating expenses

    368,829   92.4 %     337,741     97.0 %     336,152     113.6 %     31,088     9.2 %     1,589     0.5 %
   

 

 


 

 


 

 


       


     

Operating income (loss)

    30,352   7.6 %     10,505     3.0 %     (40,303 )   -13.6 %     19,847     188.9 %     50,808     -126.1 %

Total other income

    885   0.2 %     5,737     1.6 %     43,430     14.7 %     (4,852 )   -84.6 %     (37,693 )   -86.8 %

Income tax (provision) benefit

    438   0.1 %     (5,359 )   -1.5 %     2,146     0.7 %     5,797     -108.2 %     (7,505 )   -349.7 %

Equity in loss of unconsolidated affiliate

    —     0.0 %     —       0.0 %     (17,559 )   -5.9 %     —         *     17,559       *
   

 

 


 

 


 

 


       


     

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $ 31,675   7.9 %   $ 10,883     3.1 %   $ (12,286 )   -4.2 %   $ 20,792     191.1 %   $ 23,169     -188.6 %
   

 

 


 

 


 

 


       


     

Diluted income (loss) per share from continuing operations

  $ 1.06         $ 0.37           $ (0.43 )         $ 0.69           $ 0.80        

 

*   Not meaningful

 

Total Revenues

 

Total revenues consist of system sales and maintenance and service fees. Our system sales consist of our software licensed to primarily end-user customers, along with bundled third party hardware and software, and our eCommerce Services transaction-based revenue. Our maintenance and service fees consist of software maintenance fees, installation fees, professional and technical service fees, training fees, consulting fees and other miscellaneous fees.

 

31


Table of Contents

System Sales

 

2003 Compared to 2002

 

The increase in system sales in 2003 was primarily due to an increase in new sales and installations of certain IDX systems. Software license revenues increased $17.0 million and third party hardware and software sales increased $12.0 million as compared to 2002.

 

Software license and subscription revenues increased $10.1 million and eCommerce Services revenues increased $6.9 million as compared to 2002. The increase in software license revenues was primarily attributable to system sales from Imagecast RIS, Imagecast PACS and Imagecast Imaging Suite sales, which manages workflow and the way care is given as it relates to medical images. Imagecast PACS was developed in 2000/2001 in a joint arrangement with Stentor. Our products typically have a three to eighteen month sales cycle for new customer sales, and at the end of 2002, we had several Imagecast PACS contracts in backlog that were fulfilled in 2003. Our eCommerce Services business was launched in 2000 and is integrated into our business software solutions workflow to drive increased productivity services, enabling customer HIPAA compliance with EDI formats for eligibility, referrals, claims, remittances, and claims status. The growth in eCommerce Services was primarily from our medical and physician group practice customers as a result of HIPAA regulation requirements. Third party hardware and software revenues increased to support our increased software license revenues primarily relating to our clinical software solutions, which typically require more bundled third party software than our business performance solutions.

 

2002 Compared to 2001

 

The increase in system sales in 2002 was primarily due to an increase in new sales and installations of certain IDX systems. Software license revenue increased $3.4 million and hardware and third party software revenue increased $3.0 million as compared to 2001.

 

Maintenance and Service Fees

 

2003 Compared to 2002

 

Maintenance revenues increased to $137.2 million (34.4% of total revenues) from $125.8 million (36.1% of total revenues), an increase of $11.4 million or 9.0%, primarily attributable to the growth in our installed base of software applications. Annual maintenance price increases accounted for approximately $4.4 million of the growth in our maintenance revenues. Software installation revenues increased to $50.1 million (12.6% of total revenues) from $45.1 million (13.0% of total revenues), an increase of $5.0 million or 11.1%. The increase in software installation revenues was consistent with our software license revenue growth. Consulting and other services increased to $65.4 million (16.4% of total revenues) from $59.8 million (17.2% of total revenues), an increase of $5.6 million or 9.4% primarily attributable to the growth in our software licensing and installation services. Increases in our revenues from consulting and other services are typically a result of increased software license sales.

 

2002 Compared to 2001

 

The 2002 increase was due to a $17.1 million increase in maintenance revenue primarily resulting from an increase in the Company’s installed base arising from sales to both new and existing customers, price increases, and an increase in installation and consulting services. Annual maintenance price increases accounted for approximately $4.4 million of the growth in our maintenance revenues. Software installation revenues increased to $45.1 million (13.0% of total revenues) from $25.7 million (8.7% of total revenues), an increase of $19.5 million or 75.9%, primarily attributable to installations relating to Carecast Version 5 product sales, which was released in 2002, and an increase in Imagecast RIS, PACS and Imaging Suite sales to primarily new customers and upgrades to existing customers. Consulting service revenues increased to $27.3 million (7.8% of total

 

32


Table of Contents

revenues) from $24.1 million (8.1% of total revenues), an increase of $3.2 million or 13.2%, primarily attributable to the growth in our software licensing and installation services.

 

Cost of Sales

 

The following table indicates the cost of system sales and the cost of maintenance and service fees as a percentage of their respective revenues:

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

 
     (in thousands)  

Total revenues

   $ 399,181     $ 348,246     $ 295,849  

Total cost of system and maintenance sales

     228,024       206,447       199,478  

Total cost of system and maintenance sales as a percentage of total revenues

     57.1 %     59.3 %     67.4 %

System sales:

                        

System sales

   $ 146,478     $ 117,491     $ 111,113  

Cost of system sales

     49,488       38,696       37,030  

Cost of system sales as a percentage of system sales

     33.8 %     32.9 %     33.3 %

Maintenance and service fees:

                        

Maintenance and service fees

   $ 252,703     $ 230,755     $ 184,736  

Cost of maintenance and services

     178,536       167,751       162,448  

Cost of maintenance and services as a percentage of maintenance and services

     70.7 %     72.7 %     87.9 %

 

Our overall cost of sales as a percentage of sales decreased, as we have continued to achieve efficiencies in our labor and infrastructure costs. The cost components of our revenues vary based on the types of service we provide, namely system sales and maintenance and service fees. Our cost of system sales consists primarily of external costs relating to third party hardware and software purchases, while costs relating to maintenance and service fees are employee-driven and consist primarily of employee and related infrastructure costs incurred in providing maintenance and installation services, post-installation support and training and consulting services. In addition, fluctuations in our cost of system sales typically result from the revenue mix of our software license revenue, which has a lower cost percentage and higher margins, and third party hardware and software sales, which have a higher cost percentage and lower margins.

 

Cost of System Sales

 

2003 Compared to 2002

 

Our overall margin on third party software declined in 2003 as compared to 2002 due to the fact that the third party software component of certain of our clinical software solutions typically yields lower margins than on our business performance workflow solutions, due to the size and complexity of the contracts and the fact that the clinical market is not as mature as the business performance workflow market. Our product mix between our software license revenue and third party hardware and software sales remained relatively consistent in 2003 as compared to 2002 and therefore did not have a significant impact on our overall margin.

 

2002 Compared to 2001

 

The decrease in the cost of system sales as a percentage of system revenue was primarily due to the increase in software license revenue in the product mix.

 

33


Table of Contents

Cost of Maintenance and Service Fees

 

2003 Compared to 2002

 

The increase of $10.8 million in cost of maintenance and service fees was primarily attributable to a $4.4 million increase in outside services and a $3.6 million increase in royalties. Fees paid for outside services increased to support the growth in our installed base, primarily for certain of our clinical software solutions, which require more configuration and specialized expertise. The increase in royalties was a direct result of the increase in our Imagecast PACS sales. Under an alliance agreement with Stentor, we incur royalties on our Imagecast PACS sales. Our employee and infrastructure costs related to our maintenance and service fees remained relatively level in 2003 as compared to 2002 due to operational efficiencies as reflected in our lower cost of maintenance and services as a percentage of sales. Overall headcount for our support and installation department was down by 1%.

 

As the demand for services from new and existing customers for installation, consulting, maintenance, and training services increases in future periods, we anticipate that our cost of services will also increase. Furthermore, as we develop products that use more complex technologies as well as more comprehensive clinical systems, the use of specialized professional outside services may increase as well, further increasing cost of services, which may reduce our overall margin.

 

2002 Compared to 2001

 

The 2002 cost of maintenance and services increase of $5.4 million or 3.3% resulted primarily from increased costs related to implementation and consulting. The decrease in the cost of maintenance and service fees as a percentage of maintenance and service revenue to 72.7% in 2002 from 87.9% in 2001 was due to increased maintenance revenue, which was only partially offset by growth in service and maintenance expenses.

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

 

2003 Compared to 2002

 

The increase of $12.8 million in selling, general and administrative expenses was principally due to increases of $4.1 million in occupancy related expenses, $3.2 million in employee compensation and benefit costs, $2.5 million in outside professional fees, $1.1 million in travel related expenses, and $1.0 million in equipment maintenance and depreciation charges. Our occupancy expense increase was primarily related to our Seattle location. In 2003, we consolidated our Seattle operations into new expanded facilities increasing our space by approximately 50%, resulting in an increase in our occupancy costs. Selling, general and administrative headcount rose 9% in 2003. Headcount increased 14% for sales and marketing personnel, principally relating to marketing efforts for Imagecast and Carecast, and 2% related to administrative personnel. The increase in travel related expenses were consistent with the increase in the sales and marketing headcount.

 

We expect our selling, general and administrative expenses to increase in future periods as we increase our sales and marketing efforts to improve our competitive positioning in the marketplace and promote brand awareness, and as we increase our administrative staff to support our sales growth.

 

2002 Compared to 2001

 

The decrease in 2002 was a result of a management focus on controlling selling, general and administrative costs as a percentage of revenue. The decrease was primarily due to decreases in rent expenses of $1.3 million, professional fees of $1.4 million and bad debt expense of $1.1 million, offset by an increase in insurance of approximately $700,000.

 

34


Table of Contents

Software Development Costs

 

Software development costs consist of costs primarily related to our software developers and the associated infrastructure costs required to fund product development initiatives. As described in Note 1 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, software development costs incurred subsequent to the establishment of technological feasibility until general release of the related products are capitalized. Technological feasibility is established upon the completion of a working model. Historically, costs incurred after establishment of technological feasibility have not been significant; however, as we develop products that use more complex technologies as well as more comprehensive clinical systems, the time and effort required to complete testing after technological feasibility has been established may become significantly more extensive. Consequently, capitalized software development costs may become more significant in future reporting periods. Approximately $3.3 million, $2.5 million and $2.1 million of software development costs were capitalized in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Amortization of software development costs was approximately $1.6 million, $2.4 million and $1.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

 

The following table indicates software development costs as a percentage of system sales:

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

 
     (in thousands)  

Software development costs:

                        

System sales

   $ 146,478     $ 117,491     $ 111,113  

Software development costs

     55,423       49,494       41,854  

Software development costs as a percentage of system sales

     37.8 %     42.1 %     37.7 %

 

2003 Compared to 2002

 

The $5.9 million increase in 2003 over 2002 was due to increases in personnel costs of approximately $5.6 million and associated infrastructure costs of approximately $1.9 million, offset with an increase in capitalized software development costs, net of amortization, of $1.6 million. Research and development headcount increased 7%, which was consistent with the increase in our personnel related costs, and associated infrastructure costs increased primarily due to the increase in our occupancy expenses associated with our Seattle lease. We continue to focus our development efforts on enhancing functionality and developing new applications for our current product suites.

 

2002 Compared to 2001

 

The $7.6 million increase in 2002 was primarily due to increased personnel costs of $4.7 million combined with a net increase in capitalized software development cost amortization, net of amounts capitalized, of $621,000 in 2002.

 

Restructuring Costs

 

On September 28, 2001, we announced the implementation of a program to restructure and realign our group practice businesses in order to gain efficiencies and provide more focus on our premier customer base. As a result, we implemented a workforce reduction affecting approximately four percent of our employees. The restructuring program resulted in a charge to earnings of approximately $19.5 million in the fourth quarter of 2001, in connection with costs associated with severance arrangements of $5.5 million, lease payments of $5.2 million, non-cash write-offs of certain equipment and leasehold improvements of $8.6 million, as well as other restructuring costs, primarily related to professional and consulting fees related to the restructuring. Workforce related accruals, consisting principally of employee severance costs, were established based on specific identification of employees to be terminated, along with their job classification or functions and their location. Approximately 200 employees were terminated primarily in the Flowcast operating unit and certain corporate

 

35


Table of Contents

services functions. Substantially all workforce related actions were completed during the fourth quarter of 2001, with the exception of a minimal number of staff assigned to transition teams. The table below sets forth the significant components and activity in the restructuring program (in thousands):

 

    

Employee

severance and

termination

benefits


    Lease costs

   

Fixed asset

impairment


    Other

    Total

 

Balance September 28, 2001

   $ 5,557     $ 5,174     $ 8,595     $ 190     $ 19,516  

Non-cash charge

     —                 (8,595 )             (8,595 )

Cash payments

     (4,026 )     (539 )     —         (64 )     (4,629 )
    


 


 


 


 


Balance December 31, 2001

     1,531       4,635       —         126       6,292  

Non-cash charge

     —         —         —         —         —    

Cash payments

     (1,531 )     (1,766 )     —         (126 )     (3,423 )
    


 


 


 


 


Balance December 31, 2002

     —         2,869       —         —         2,869  

Non-cash charge

     —         —         —         —         —    

Cash payments

     —         (1,458 )     —         —         (1,458 )
    


 


 


 


 


Balance December 31, 2003

   $ —       $ 1,411     $ —       $ —       $ 1,411  
    


 


 


 


 


 

Of the $1.4 million accrual balance at December 31, 2003, which relates to the leased facilities, approximately $600,000 will be paid in 2004 and $800,000 thereafter.

 

Lease Abandonment Charge

 

The lease abandonment charge of $9.2 million in the fourth quarter of 2002 was related to asset impairment and rent obligations through 2005 under the lease agreement associated with our former Seattle office. In 2003, we consolidated our Seattle operations into the new office space and abandoned the space subject to the 1999 lease, and we have been unable to secure a sub-tenant to assume our prior lease. The lease abandonment charge consisted of costs related to the net present value of future lease payments of approximately $7.9 million and non-cash write-offs of certain leasehold improvements of approximately $1.3 million. During 2003, leasehold improvements of $1.3 million were written off and lease payments of approximately $2.8 million were made. Of the $5.1 million accrual remaining at December 31, 2003, approximately $2.8 million will be paid in 2004 and approximately $2.3 million thereafter. In the event that we are able to secure a sub-tenant to assume our prior lease in a future reporting period, the present value of the future sub-lease income would be recorded as a reduction in expenses under the lease abandonment caption in the financial statements in the period in which the sub-lease agreement is signed.

 

Other Income, Net

 

The following table sets forth the components of other income (expense):

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

 
     (in thousands)  

Other income (expense)

                        

Interest income

   $ 1,389     $ 1,802     $ 2,373  

Interest expense

     (504 )     (338 )     (41 )

Gain on sale of investment in subsidiary

     —         4,273       35,546  

Minority interest

     —         —         (297 )

Gain on sale of investments

     —         —         5,849  
    


 


 


Total other income, net

   $ 885     $ 5,737     $ 43,430  
    


 


 


 

36


Table of Contents

Interest Income (Expense)

 

2003 Compared to 2002

 

Interest income in 2002 included federal and state tax refunds received totaling $730,000. Excluding the effect of interest income related to the tax refunds, interest income increased in 2003 over 2002. This increase was due to higher average invested balances due to the proceeds received from the sale of EDiX, offset by lower average investment interest rates in 2003.

 

2002 Compared to 2001

 

The decrease in interest income in 2002 was primarily due to a lower average invested balance combined with lower interest rates in 2002 as compared to 2001. The increase in interest expense was primarily due to increased interest expense on short-term borrowings.

 

Gain on Sale of Investment in Subsidiary

 

In 2001, we sold certain of the net assets and operations of our majority owned subsidiary, ChannelHealth, to Allscripts, a public company providing point-of-care electronic prescribing and productivity solutions for physicians. In addition to the sale, we entered into a ten-year strategic alliance (the “Alliance Agreement”) whereby Allscripts is the exclusive provider of point-of-care clinical applications sold by IDX to physician practices.

 

Pursuant to the Alliance Agreement, we guaranteed that Allscripts’ gross revenues resulting from the alliance (less any commissions paid to IDX) would amount to at least $4.5 million for fiscal year 2001. Due to this contingency, we deferred $4.5 million of the gain as of the date of the transaction and recognized a gain of $35.5 million in 2001. An additional gain of $4.3 million was recognized in the first quarter of 2002 when the contingency was resolved.

 

Gain on Sale of Investments

 

Other income in 2001 includes a $5.8 million realized gain from a distribution of marketable equity securities related to an investment in an unrelated investment partnership.

 

Income Tax Provision (Benefit)

 

Our income tax provision represented a tax benefit of $438,000 in 2003, a tax provision of $5.4 million in 2002, and a tax benefit of $2.1 million in 2001. The effective rate was (1.4)% in 2003, 33.0% in 2002 and 14.9% in 2001. We currently anticipate a consolidated effective tax rate of approximately 38.0% for the year ending December 31, 2004.

 

2003:

 

Our 2003 effective rate of (1.4)% was significantly lower than our historical tax rate of 40.0% due to the utilization of previously reserved net operating losses and research and experimentation credits to offset income taxes and the reversal of approximately $13.1 million of deferred tax asset valuation allowances. While the realization of our deferred tax assets cannot be assured, we have concluded that at December 31, 2003, a reduction in our valuation allowance was warranted. This was based on indications that future earnings will be sufficient to recover substantially all of our previously unrecognized deferred tax assets and our expectations that we will more likely than not realize future tax benefits through tax planning strategies designed to generate future taxable income. These strategies include estimates and involve judgment relating to unrealized gains on our investment in publicly traded common stock of an equity investee. To the extent that future taxable income against which these tax assets may be applied is not sufficient, some or all of our recorded deferred tax assets would not be realizable.

 

37


Table of Contents

2002:

 

Our 2002 effective tax rate of 33.0% was lower than our historical tax rate of 40.0% primarily due to the utilization of previously reserved net operating losses and research and experimentation credits used to offset income taxes, offset by an increase in the valuation allowance as a result of a tax planning strategy that we believed was no longer sufficient to support certain deferred tax assets.

 

2001:

 

Our 2001 effective tax rate of 14.9% was lower than our historical tax rate of 40.0% due to the non-deductible nature of certain costs incurred as part of the restructuring charge recorded in the fourth quarter of 2001 and non-deductible stock-based compensation charges related to the sale of ChannelHealth.

 

Equity in Loss of Unconsolidated Affiliate

 

We currently own, through a wholly owned subsidiary, approximately 20% of the outstanding common stock of Allscripts, and we record our investment in Allscripts under the equity method of accounting. We recorded our interest in the losses of Allscripts as a reduction to our investment account in Allscripts. We recorded an equity loss in 2001 of $17.6 million on a pre-tax basis that reduced the balance of our investment carrying balance in Allscripts to zero. Since then, we have not recorded our share of Allscripts losses of approximately $68.5 million through December 31, 2003. When Allscripts begins recognizing net income in the future and once we have recouped our share of the unrecorded losses, we will record our interest in the net income.

 

RESULTS OF DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

 

The following is a summary of the results of discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2002 and for the period beginning on January 1, 2003 through June 18, 2003, the date of closing of the sale of EDiX (in thousands):

 

    

For the period

January 1, 2003

through June 18,

2003


   

Years ended

December 31,


       2002

    2001

Revenues

   $ 54,810     $ 111,822     $ 95,570
    


 


 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of $117 income tax provision in 2003, $447 income tax benefit in 2002, and $2,457 income tax provision in 2001

   $ (119 )   $ (909 )   $ 3,688

Gain on disposal of discontinued operations, including a $2,733 income tax benefit

     26,502       —         —  
    


 


 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ 26,383     $ (909 )   $ 3,688
    


 


 

 

EDiX’s medical transcription service fee revenue totaled $54.8 million in 2003, a decline of 51.0% compared with revenue of $111.8 million in 2002 due primarily to the sale of EDiX on June 18, 2003. Revenue from discontinued operations increased 17.0% in 2002 compared with 2001 revenue of $95.6 million, due primarily to an increase in transcription service volume.

 

Income from discontinued operations in 2003 was $26.4 million as compared to a loss of $900,000 in 2002 and income of $3.7 million in 2001. The income in 2003 was attributable to the $26.5 million gain, including a tax benefit of $2.7 million, on the disposal of the EDiX business and an operational loss of $119,000, net of tax. The operational loss in 2003 declined from the 2002 operational loss in general due to tighter controls over discretionary spending. The 2002 operational net loss was attributable to an increase in cost of services from

 

38


Table of Contents

82.6% of sales as compared to 78.6% of sales in 2001 due primarily to higher labor and related costs. Also included in the 2002 operational net loss as compared to 2001 was a $1.9 million increase, net of tax, in selling, general and administrative labor costs, a $900,000 increase, net of tax, in accounts receivable write-offs, a $400,000 increase, net of tax, in outside professional fees and general costs to support sales growth, and a $1.0 million increase in software development costs, net of tax, in an effort to improve and enhance the coding and transcription process.

 

The 2003 tax provision of $117,000 on the pre-tax loss from discontinued operations of $2,000 was due primarily due to certain state tax payments. The gain on the disposal of EDiX resulted in an income tax benefit of $2.7 million due to the fact that our tax basis in the stock of EDiX exceeded the net proceeds from the sale, resulting in a capital loss on the sale for tax purposes. A tax benefit arises from this deductible temporary difference, which more likely than not will reverse in the foreseeable future and be realized. The effective tax rate for discontinued operations was 33% for 2002 as compared to 40% for 2001. The 2002 effective tax rate was lower than the historical tax rate of 40.0% primarily due to the utilization of previously reserved net operating losses used to offset income taxes.

 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

We principally have funded our operations, working capital needs and capital expenditures from operations and short-term borrowings under revolving secured bank lines of credit. At December 31, 2003, we had $25.5 million in cash and cash equivalents and $79.1 million in short-term investments, consisting principally of investments in interest-bearing demand deposit accounts, money market funds, and highly liquid debt securities of corporations and municipalities. Our working capital was $146.3 million at December 31, 2003.

 

Net cash provided by or used in continuing operations is principally comprised of net income or loss and is primarily affected by the net change in accounts and unbilled receivables, accounts payable, accrued expenses and non-cash items relating to depreciation and amortization, deferred taxes, the sale of ChannelHealth, and certain components of lease abandonment and restructuring charges. Due to the nature of our business, accounts and unbilled receivables, prepaid cost of sales, deferred revenue, and accounts payable can fluctuate considerably due to, among other things, the length of installation efforts, which is dependent upon the size of the transaction, the changing business plans of the customer, the effectiveness of customers’ management and general economic conditions. Deferred tax assets increased $11.0 million in 2003 as a result of the reversal of a significant portion of our deferred tax valuation allowance. Accounts receivable, including unbilled receivables, increased $8.3 million in 2003 as compared to 2002 and $11.9 million in 2002 as compared to 2001. The 2002 increase was primarily due to the timing of revenue in the fourth quarter of 2002 as compared to 2001. Accounts receivable, including unbilled receivables, as a percentage of revenues declined to 23.5% in 2003 from 24.9% in 2002 due to management’s effort to reduce the average time to collect payment on sales. This is evidenced by a reduction in our Days Sales Outstanding (“DSO”). In 2003, accounts receivable from customers, including unbilled receivables, have been collected on average within 86 days, which represents a decrease of 5 days as compared to the year ended December 31, 2002 and 7 days as compared to the year ended December 31, 2001.

 

The sale of EDiX is not expected to have an adverse impact on our future cash flows from operating activities. Since the acquisition of EDiX in 1999 up until the disposition of EDiX in June 2003, the Company had contributed cash to support the ongoing operations of EDiX.

 

Cash flows related to investing activities have historically been related to the purchase of computer and office equipment, leasehold improvements and the purchase and sale of investment grade marketable securities. We invested approximately $6.5 million during 2002 and $13.6 million during 2003 on the acquisition and implementation of an enterprise resource planning system and plan to invest approximately $6.5 million during 2004 related to this system implementation. In April 2000, we entered into a new operating lease for office space in Seattle, Washington, which commenced in 2003, for a period of 12 years. We invested approximately $3.7 million for improvements related to the Seattle lease in 2002 and approximately $4.4 million in 2003. In 2003,

 

39


Table of Contents

cash flows from investing activities also included the inflow of $53.6 million from the sale of EDiX, net of transactions costs and net of $8.2 million of cash transferred as part of EDiX’s net assets. See Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

In addition, investing activities may also include purchases of, interests in, loans to and acquisitions of businesses for access to complementary products and technologies. We expect these activities to continue. In April 2002, we acquired a minority interest in Stentor, one of our strategic partners, by exercising a warrant to purchase 562,069 shares of preferred stock of Stentor, for $7.5 million. Each preferred share is convertible, at any time at the option of the holder, into one share of common stock of Stentor, Inc., subject to certain adjustments. In addition, the preferred shares are not entitled to dividends but are entitled to a liquidation preference equal to the amount we paid to purchase such shares. Stentor is a privately held company and therefore it is difficult to determine a fair market value for these shares. Management will periodically review this investment for indications of impairment. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully complete any such purchases or acquisitions in the future.

 

Cash flows from financing activities historically relate to the issuance of common stock through the exercise of employee stock options and in connection with the employee stock purchase plan and proceeds from line of credit. We entered into a new revolving line of credit agreement during the second quarter of 2002 allowing us to borrow up to $40.0 million based on certain restrictions. This line of credit is secured by deposit accounts, accounts and unbilled receivables and other assets and bears interest at the bank’s base rate plus .25%, which was approximately 4.25% as of December 31, 2003. This line of credit is subject to certain terms and conditions and will expire on June 27, 2005. At December 31, 2003, no amounts were outstanding under this arrangement.

 

In addition to existing financing arrangements, we own, through a wholly owned subsidiary, approximately 7.5 million shares of stock of Allscripts, a public company listed on the NASDAQ National Market under the symbol MDRX. This investment had a quoted market value of approximately $39.8 million as of December 31, 2003, and is subject to certain sale restrictions that may significantly impact the market value.

 

We expect that our requirements for office facilities and other office equipment will grow as staffing requirements dictate. Our operating lease commitments consist primarily of office leases for our operating facilities. We plan to increase our professional staff during 2004 as needed to meet anticipated sales volume and to support research and development efforts for certain products. To the extent necessary to support increases in staffing, we may obtain additional office space.

 

UK Operations

 

We currently expect our UK operations to generate negative net cash flows in 2004 due to the structure of the subcontract agreements and due to initial start-up costs incurred. We currently anticipate positive net cash flows in the fourth quarter of 2004. Positive cash flows from our UK operations may be delayed depending on the start-up costs we incur and the final terms of our subcontract agreements. We intend to fund the first year negative cash flows from cash provided from our domestic operations, which we anticipate will be more than adequate. This includes the planned increase in staff during 2004 to support the business generated from our UK operations. We currently anticipate adding approximately 200 to 250+ positions.

 

Contractual Obligations

 

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at December 31, 2003, and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash in the future periods:

 

(in thousands)


   Total

   2004

   2005-2006

   2007-2008

   2009+

Non-cancelable operating leases

   $ 143,190    $ 14,282    $ 27,971    $ 44,802    $ 56,135
    

  

  

  

  

Total

   $ 143,190    $ 14,282    $ 27,971    $ 44,802    $ 56,135
    

  

  

  

  

 

40


Table of Contents

Of the $143.2 million in non-cancelable operating lease obligations, approximately $6.5 million is accrued at December 31, 2003 as a lease abandonment charge and as a restructuring cost. See Notes 3 and 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

On February 5, 2004, we entered into a commitment to sublease office facilities in the United Kingdom commencing on April 1, 2004. The lease term is for ten years and provides for annual base rent of £383,650 ($716,543 using the exchange rate of 1.8677 on March 2, 2004), plus our share of taxes and maintenance costs. The lease includes a provision for annual increases for maintenance, subject to a cap, in accordance with the UK Retail Price Index. In addition, in year five there is a provision for an increase in the annual base rent to market.

 

We believe that the level of our cash and investment balances, anticipated cash flow from operations and our $40 million revolving line of credit will be sufficient to satisfy our cash requirements for the next eighteen months. To date, inflation has not had a material impact on our revenues or income.

 

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

 

During the year ended December 31, 2003, we did not engage in:

 

    Material off-balance sheet activities, including the use of structured finance or special purpose entities;

 

    Trading activities in non-exchange traded contracts; or

 

    Transactions with persons or entities that benefit from their non-independent relationship with IDX, other than as described below.

 

Mr. Richard E. Tarrant, the Chairman of our Board of Directors, is the President and a director of LBJ Real Estate Inc., a Vermont corporation (“LBJ Real Estate”). Certain executive officers of LBJ Real Estate are also members of our Board of Directors or executive officers of the Company, including Mr. Robert H. Hoehl, a member of our Board of Directors, and John A. Kane, our Chief Financial Officer, who also serves as a director of LBJ Real Estate. The stockholders of LBJ Real Estate include Messrs. Tarrant and Hoehl. LBJ Real Estate holds a 1% general partnership interest in 4901 LBJ Limited Partnership, a Vermont limited partnership (“LBJ”), and Messrs. Hoehl, Tarrant, and Kane and Mr. Robert F. Galin, our Senior Vice President of Sales, and two other employees hold the remaining 72.95% limited partnership interest.

 

Through September 30, 2003, we leased an office building from LBJ, a real estate partnership owned by certain stockholders and key employees of the Company. On September 30, 2003, LBJ sold the real estate leased by the Company to an unrelated third party. We continue to lease the real estate from the new owners under a new lease agreement. Lease agreements are based on fair market value rents and are reviewed and approved by independent members of our Board of Directors. Total rent paid to LBJ was approximately $414,000, $555,000, and $557,000 in 2003, 2002, and 2001, respectively.

 

BACKLOG

 

At December 31, 2003, the Company had total backlog of $652.7 million, including $234.5 million attributable to systems sales and $418.2 million attributable to services. Systems sales backlog consists of fees due under signed contracts, primarily software license fees and third party hardware and software sales that have not yet been recognized as revenue. Service backlog represents contracted software maintenance and installation services including anticipated renewals for a period of 12 months, installation services and consulting services. At December 31, 2002, the Company had total backlog of $438.0 million, including $188.7 million attributable to systems sales and $249.3 million attributable to services. Of the total 2003 backlog of $652.7 million, the Company expects that $381.2 million will not be fulfilled in 2004. The increase in our backlog and the increase in the amount that will not be fulfilled in 2004 primarily relate to services revenues on certain long-term clinical contracts that extend beyond our typical twelve to eighteen months installation periods.

 

41


Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Through April 19, 2001, our consolidated financial statements included the accounts of IDX and BDP, a real estate trust owned by Messrs. Hoehl and Tarrant, whose real estate was leased exclusively by IDX. Effective with the date of the acquisition of IDX’s corporate headquarters from BDP, we have deconsolidated BDP and eliminated the net assets, principally real estate and minority interest, included in our consolidated balance sheet as of that date. Our corporate headquarters were purchased from BDP for cash, at fair market value as determined by an independent appraisal, for approximately $15.0 million during the second quarter of 2001. This amount has been recorded as property and equipment. This transaction was reviewed and approved by certain independent members of our Board of Directors who had no financial interest in the transaction. Total rent expense includes $294,000 in 2001 related to this lease.

 

Through September 30, 2003, we leased an office building from LBJ, a real estate partnership owned by certain of our stockholders and key employees. See Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements section above.

 

ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

We do not currently use derivative financial instruments. We generally place our marketable securities in high credit quality instruments: primarily U.S. Government and federal agency obligations, tax-exempt municipal obligations and corporate obligations with contractual maturities of a year or less. We do not expect any material loss from our marketable security investments.

 

Internationally, we currently operate in Canada and the United Kingdom. Our international business is subject to risks, including, but not limited to: unique economic conditions, changes in political climate, differing tax structures, other regulations and restrictions, and foreign exchange rate volatility. Accordingly, our future results could be materially adversely impacted by changes in these or other factors.

 

We invoice Canadian customers in United States currency. United Kingdom sales are denominated in the Great Britain Pound. Through December 31, 2003, we were exposed to minimal foreign exchange rate fluctuations and foreign currency fluctuations have not had a material impact on our financial position or results of operations. We did not enter into any foreign currency hedge transactions.

 

We currently expect that revenues generated in the United Kingdom will approximate 9% to 12% of our total revenues in 2004. In addition, a portion of our UK operations expenses will be denominated in the local foreign currency. Our exposures to foreign exchange rate fluctuations will arise from these transactions and from intercompany transactions in which certain costs incurred in the United States will be charged to our UK subsidiary. Intercompany transactions will typically be denominated in the functional currency of our UK subsidiary in order to centralize foreign exchange risk in the parent company in the United States. We will also be exposed to foreign exchange rate fluctuations as the financial results of our UK subsidiary are translated into U.S. dollars during consolidation. As such our operating results will be affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We are currently evaluating a foreign currency exchange rate hedging program principally designed to mitigate foreign currency transaction gains and losses due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We may utilize derivative financial instruments, such as forward exchange rate contracts, to reduce foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on financial results. We will not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.

 

Investments in both fixed rate and floating rate interest earning instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk. Fixed rate securities may have their fair market value adversely impacted due to a rise in interest rates, while floating rate securities may produce less income than expected if interest rates fall. Due in part to these factors, our future investment income may fall short of expectations due to changes in interest rates or we may suffer losses in principal if forced to sell securities that may experience a decline in market value due to changes in interest rates. A hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in interest rates, however, would not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

 

42


Table of Contents

Interest rates on short-term borrowings with floating rates carry a degree of interest rate risk. Our future interest expense may increase if interest rates fluctuate. A hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in interest rates, however, would not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. Interest expense was immaterial in 2003, 2002 and 2001.

 

Interest income on our investments is included in “Other Income”. We account for cash equivalents and marketable securities in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities.” Cash equivalents are short-term highly liquid investments with original maturity dates of three months or less. Cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair market value. Our marketable securities are classified as available-for-sale and are recorded at fair value with any unrealized gain or loss recorded as an element of stockholders’ equity.

 

43


Table of Contents

ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

 
     (in thousands)  
ASSETS                 

Current assets:

                

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 25,536     $ 40,135  

Marketable securities

     79,068       14,300  

Accounts receivable, less allowances of $4,669 in 2003 and $3,898 in 2002 for doubtful accounts

     85,971       77,046  

Unbilled receivables

     7,738       9,550  

Refundable income taxes

     8,564       7,590  

Prepaid and other current assets

     11,446       8,169  

Deferred tax asset

     5,899       2,033  

Assets of discontinued operations

     —         42,099  
    


 


Total current assets

     224,222       200,922  

Property and equipment

                

Equipment and leasehold improvements, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization

     46,291       28,167  

Real estate, net of accumulated depreciation

     39,925       41,556  
    


 


       86,216       69,723  

Other:

                

Capitalized software costs, net of accumulated amortization of $4,033 in 2003 and $2,394 in 2002

     3,806       2,126  

Goodwill, net of accumulated amortization of $1,304 in 2003 and 2002

     2,508       2,411  

Other assets

     10,413       10,965  

Deferred tax asset

     11,404       1,570  
    


 


Total assets

   $ 338,569     $ 287,717  
    


 


LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                 

Current liabilities:

                

Accounts payable

   $ 13,744     $ 15,189  

Accrued expenses

     41,155       37,330  

Deferred revenue

     23,016       17,969  

Notes payable to bank

     —         18,727  

Liabilities of discontinued operations

     —         6,289  
    


 


Total current liabilities

     77,915       95,504  

Commitments and contingencies

     —         —    

Stockholders’ equity:

                

Preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, 5,000 shares authorized, none issued

     —         —    

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 100,000 shares authorized; issued and outstanding 29,728 shares and 29,202 shares in 2003 and 2002, respectively

     297       292  

Additional paid-in capital

     210,158       200,437  

Deferred compensation

     (78 )     (751 )

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

     50,278       (7,780 )

Cumulative unrealized (losses) gains on marketable securities

     (1 )     15  
    


 


Total stockholders’ equity

     260,654       192,213  
    


 


Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 338,569     $ 287,717  
    


 


 

See accompanying notes.

 

44


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

 
    

(in thousands, except for

per share data)

 

Revenues

                        

System sales

   $ 146,478     $ 117,491     $ 111,113  

Maintenance and service fees

     252,703       230,755       184,736  
    


 


 


Total revenues

     399,181       348,246       295,849  

Operating expenses

                        

Cost of system sales

     49,488       38,696       37,030  

Cost of maintenance and services

     178,536       167,751       162,448  

Selling, general and administrative

     85,382       72,617       75,304  

Software development costs

     55,423       49,494       41,854  

Restructuring costs

     —         —         19,516  

Lease abandonment charge

     —         9,183       —    
    


 


 


Total operating expenses

     368,829       337,741       336,152  
    


 


 


Operating income (loss)

     30,352       10,505       (40,303 )

Other income (expense)

                        

Interest income

     1,389       1,802       2,373  

Interest expense

     (504 )     (338 )     (41 )

Gain on sale of investment in subsidiary

     —         4,273       35,546  

Minority interest

     —         —         (297 )

Gain on sale of investments

     —         —         5,849  
    


 


 


Total other income

     885       5,737       43,430  
    


 


 


Income before income taxes and equity in loss of unconsolidated affiliate

     31,237       16,242       3,127  

Income tax benefit (provision)

     438       (5,359 )     2,146  

Equity in loss of unconsolidated affiliate

     —         —         (17,559 )
    


 


 


Income (loss) from continuing operations

     31,675       10,883       (12,286 )

Discontinued operations

                        

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     (119 )     (909 )     3,688  

Gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     26,502       —         —    
    


 


 


Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     26,383       (909 )     3,688  
    


 


 


Net income (loss)

   $ 58,058     $ 9,974     $ (8,598 )
    


 


 


Basic net income (loss) per share

                        

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ 1.08     $ 0.38     $ (0.43 )

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     0.90       (0.03 )     0.13  
    


 


 


Basic net income (loss) per share

   $ 1.98     $ 0.34     $ (0.30 )
    


 


 


Basic weighted-average shares outstanding

     29,345       28,939       28,566  
    


 


 


Diluted net income (loss) per share

                        

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ 1.06     $ 0.37     $ (0.43 )

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     0.88       (0.03 )     0.13  
    


 


 


Diluted net income (loss) per share

   $ 1.94     $ 0.34     $ (0.30 )
    


 


 


Diluted weighted-average shares outstanding

     30,003       29,114       28,566  
    


 


 


 

See accompanying notes.

 

45


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

    Common
Stock


   

Additional

Paid-in

Capital


    Deferred
Compensation


    Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
Deficit)


   

Cumulative

Unrealized

Gains

(Losses) on

Marketable
Securities


   

Total

Stockholders’

Equity


 
    Shares

   

Par

Value


           
    (in thousands)  

Balances at December 31, 2000

  28,399     $ 284     $ 187,896     $ —       $ (9,156 )   $ 86     $ 179,110  

Comprehensive income:

                                                     

Net loss

  —         —         —         —         (8,598 )     —         (8,598 )

Unrealized losses on marketable securities

  —         —         —         —         —         (97 )     (97 )
                                                 


Comprehensive net loss:

                                                  (8,695 )

Stock issued upon exercise of nonqualified stock options

  38       —         216       —         —         —         216  

Tax benefit related to exercise of nonqualified stock options

  —         —         312       —         —         —         312  

Stock issued upon exercise of incentive stock options

  45       1       372       —         —         —         373  

Stock issued pursuant to employee stock purchase plan

  279       3       3,282       —         —         —         3,285  

Stock issued under director stock compensation plan

  3       —         61       —         —         —         61  

Issuance of restricted stock

  75       1       1201       (1,201 )     —         —         1  

Amortization of restricted stock

  —         —         —         150       —         —         150  

Effect of acceleration of IDX options retained by employees of unconsolidated affiliate

  —         —         3,185       —         —         —         3,185  
   

 


 


 


 


 


 


Balances at December 31, 2001

  28,839     $ 289     $ 196,525     $ (1,051 )   $ (17,754 )   $ (11 )   $ 177,998  

Comprehensive income:

                                                     

Net income

  —         —         —         —         9,974       —         9,974  

Unrealized gain on marketable securities

  —         —         —         —         —         26       26  
                                                 


Comprehensive income:

                                                  10,000  

Stock issued upon exercise of nonqualified stock options

  39       —         548       —         —         —         548  

Stock issued upon exercise of incentive stock options

  7       —         40       —         —         —         40  

Stock issued pursuant to employee stock purchase plan

  315       3       3,280       —         —         —         3,283  

Stock issued under director stock compensation plan

  2       —         44       —         —         —         44  

Amortization of restricted stock

  —         —         —         300       —         —         300  
   

 


 


 


 


 


 


Balances at December 31, 2002

  29,202     $ 292     $ 200,437     $ (751 )   $ (7,780 )   $ 15     $ 192,213  

Comprehensive income:

                                                     

Net income

  —         —         —         —         58,058       —         58,058  

Unrealized losses on marketable securities

  —         —         —         —         —         (16 )     (16 )
                                                 


Comprehensive income:

                                                  58,042  

Stock issued upon exercise of nonqualified stock options

  300       3       4,516       —         —         —         4,519  

Stock issued upon exercise of incentive stock options

  30       1       168       —         —         —         169  

Stock issued pursuant to employee stock purchase plan

  246       2       3,340       —         —         —         3,342  

Stock issued under director stock compensation plan

  4       —         69       —         —         —         69  

Tax benefit related to exercise of nonqualified stock options

  —         —         1,968       —         —         —         1,968  

Effect of acceleration of IDX options on the sale of EDiX

  —         —         132       —         —         —         132  

Cancellation of restricted stock

  (75 )     (1 )     (1,200 )     751       —         —         (450 )

Issuance of common stock for compensation

  21       —         521       —         —         —         521  

Stock issued under director stock option plan

  —         —         207       (207 )     —         —         —    

Amortization of stock issued under director option plan

  —         —         —         129       —         —         129  
   

 


 


 


 


 


 


Balances at December 31, 2003

  29,728     $ 297     $ 210,158     $ (78 )   $ 50,278     $ (1 )   $ 260,654  
   

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

See accompanying notes.

 

46


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Years ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

 
     (in thousands)  

Operating Activities:

                        

Net income (loss)

   $ 58,058     $ 9,974     $ (8,598 )

Less: Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     (119 )     (909 )     3,688  

  Gain on disposal of discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     26,502       —         —    
    


 


 


Net income (loss) from continuing operations

     31,675       10,883       (12,286 )

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

                        

Depreciation

     12,527       11,370       11,530  

Amortization

     1,639       2,495       2,453  

Stock-based compensation

     457       300       150  

Deferred taxes

     (10,967 )     4,905       124  

Increase in allowance for doubtful accounts

     1,176       996       359  

Minority interest

     —         —         297  

Gain on investments

     —         —         (5,849 )

Equity in loss of unconsolidated affiliate

     —         —         17,559  

Gain on sale of investment in subsidiary

     —         (4,273 )     (35,546 )

Loss on disposition of asset

     —         93       404  

Lease abandonment charge

     —         9,183       —    

Tax benefit related to exercise of non-qualified stock options

     1,968       —         312  

Restructuring charges

     —         —         19,516  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                        

Accounts receivable

     (8,290 )     (11,935 )     18,203  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (2,719 )     (2,710 )     408  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     2,193       3,314       (17,689 )

Federal and state income taxes

     (974 )     6,002       9,716  

Deferred revenue

     5,047       (2,040 )     476  
    


 


 


Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations

     33,732       28,583       10,137  

Investing Activities:

                        

Purchase of property and equipment, net

     (29,021 )     (18,925 )     (31,201 )

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

     —         —         264  

Purchase of marketable securities

     (215,365 )     (49,698 )     (78,209 )

Proceeds from sale of marketable securities

     150,574       53,729       102,851  

Proceeds from sale of investment

     —         —         11,282  

Business acquisitions

     —         —         (2,080 )

Proceeds from the sale of EDiX Corporation, net

     53,645       —         —    

Other assets

     (3,415 )     (11,086 )     (4,179 )
    


 


 


Net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations

     (43,582 )     (25,980 )     (1,272 )

Financing Activities:

                        

Proceeds from sale of common stock

     8,029       3,835       3,935  

Proceeds from notes payable to bank

     23,727       79,181       30,000  

Repayment of notes payable to bank

     (42,454 )     (75,454 )     (15,000 )

Distributions from affiliates, net

     —         —         (472 )

Other financing activities

     —         (622 )     —    
    


 


 


Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities from continuing operations

     (10,698 )     6,940       18,463  
    


 


 


Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operations

     (20,548 )     9,543       27,328  

Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations

     5,949       (7,491 )     (5,602 )
    


 


 


Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (14,599 )     2,052       21,726  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     40,135       38,083       16,357  
    


 


 


Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 25,536     $ 40,135     $ 38,083  
    


 


 


Supplemental Cash Flow Information

                        

Cash paid during the year for the total Company:

                        

Interest

   $ 66     $ 122     $ 42  

Income taxes

   $ 3,457     $ 952     $ 3,726  

Non-Cash Investing Activities:

                        

Deconsolidation of real estate trust

   $ —       $ —       $ 8,979  

Non-Cash Financing Activities:

                        

Issuance of restricted stock, net of forfeitures

   $ (1,201 )   $ —       $ 1,201  

Issuance of common stock for compensation

   $ 521     $ —       $ —    

 

See accompanying notes.

 

47


Table of Contents

IDX SYSTEMS CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

December 31, 2003

 

1.    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Nature of Business and Basis of Presentation

 

IDX Systems Corporation (“IDX” or the “Company”) provides healthcare information systems and services to large integrated healthcare delivery enterprises principally located in the United States. Revenues are derived from the licensing of software, hardware sales and providing maintenance and services related to systems sales.

 

On June 18, 2003, the Company completed the sale of its wholly owned subsidiary EDiX Corporation (“EDiX”) to Spheris, formerly Total eMed, Inc. (“TEM”), a medical transcription company based in Franklin, Tennessee. EDiX was accounted for as a discontinued operation and therefore, EDiX’s results of operations and cash flows have been removed from the Company’s results of continuing operations and cash flows for all periods presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. EDiX’s assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2002 have been reported in the consolidated balance sheets as assets and liabilities of discontinued operations. See Note 2 for further information on the sale of EDiX.

 

On January 8, 2001, the Company sold certain operations of its majority owned subsidiary, ChannelHealth Incorporated (“ChannelHealth”) to Allscripts Healthcare Solutions, Inc. (“Allscripts”), a public company (see Note 2). IDX owns approximately 20% of Allscript’s outstanding common stock and accounts for its investment in Allscripts under the equity method of accounting.

 

Certain reclassifications have been made in the accompanying financial statements to conform to the 2003 presentation.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its controlled subsidiaries, which are generally majority owned. Investments in unconsolidated affiliates are accounted for by the equity method when we hold more than 20% but less than 50% interest, or below 20% interest but have significant influence over the operations of the companies. Investments in entities over which IDX exerts no significant influence and representing an ownership interest of less than 20%, are accounted for under the cost method.

 

Significant Estimates and Assumptions

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant estimates and assumptions by management affect the Company’s revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts, deferred tax assets, certain accrued expenses, amortization periods, capitalized software, intangible and long-lived assets and restructuring charges. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Revenue Recognition—IDX enters into contracts to license software and sell hardware and related ancillary products to customers through our direct sales force. The majority of the Company’s system sales attributable to software license revenue is earned from software that does not require significant customization or modification. IDX recognizes revenue for the licensing of software in accordance with American Institute of Certified Public

 

48


Table of Contents

IDX SYSTEMS CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

December 31, 2003

 

Accountants (AICPA) Statement of Position (SOP) 97-2, and accordingly, recognizes revenue from software licenses, hardware, and related ancillary products when:

 

    persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, which is typically when a customer has signed a non-cancelable sales and software license agreement;

 

    delivery, which is typically FOB shipping point, is complete for the software (either physically or electronically), hardware and related ancillary products;

 

    the customer’s fee is deemed to be fixed or determinable and free of contingencies or significant uncertainties; and

 

    collectibility is probable.

 

Judgment is required in assessing the probability of collection and the current creditworthiness of each customer. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, it may affect the timing and amount of the revenue recognized by the Company on a contract to the extent of cash collected. In addition, in certain instances, judgment is required in assessing if there are uncertainties in determining the fee. If there are significant uncertainties, the revenue is not recognized until the fee is determinable.

 

IDX uses the residual method to recognize revenue when a contract includes one or more elements to be delivered at a future date and vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of the fair value of all undelivered elements (typically maintenance and professional services) exists. Under the residual method, IDX defers revenue recognition of the fair value of the undelivered elements, allocates the remaining portion of the arrangement fee to the delivered elements and recognizes it as revenue, assuming all other conditions for revenue recognition have been satisfied. IDX recognizes substantially all of its product revenue in this manner. If IDX cannot determine the fair value of any undelivered element included in an arrangement, IDX will defer revenue recognition until all elements are delivered, services are performed or until fair value can be objectively determined.

 

As part of an arrangement, IDX typically sells maintenance contracts as well as professional services to customers. Maintenance services include telephone and Web-based support as well as rights to unspecified upgrades and enhancements, when and if we make them generally available. Professional services are deemed to be non-essential and typically are for implementation planning, loading of software, installation of hardware, training, building simple interfaces, running test data, and assisting in the development and documentation of process rules, and best practices consulting.

 

IDX recognizes revenues from maintenance services ratably over the term of the maintenance contract period based on VSOE of fair value. VSOE of fair value is based upon the amount charged for maintenance when purchased separately, which is typically the contract’s renewal rate. Maintenance services are typically stated separately in an arrangement. The allocated fair value of revenues pertaining to contractual maintenance obligations are classified as a current liability, since they are typically for the twelve-month period subsequent to the balance sheet date.

 

IDX generally recognizes revenues from professional services based on VSOE of fair value when: (1) a non-cancelable agreement for the services has been signed or a customer’s purchase order has been received; and (2) the professional services have been delivered. VSOE of fair value is based upon the price charged when professional services are sold separately and is typically based on an hourly rate for professional services.

 

The application of SOP 97-2 requires judgment, including whether a software arrangement includes multiple elements, and if so, whether VSOE of fair value exists for those elements. Typically, IDX contracts

 

49


Table of Contents

IDX SYSTEMS CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

December 31, 2003

 

contain multiple elements, and while the majority of IDX contracts contain standard terms and conditions, there are instances where IDX contracts contain non-standard terms and conditions. As a result, contract interpretation is sometimes required to determine the appropriate accounting, including whether the deliverables specified in a multiple element arrangement should be treated as separate units of accounting for revenue recognition purposes, and if so, how the price should be allocated among the deliverable elements and when to recognize revenue for each element. While these judgments might impact the timing of revenue recognition, they would not change the total revenue recognized on the contract.

 

IDX’s arrangements with customers generally include acceptance provisions. However, these acceptance provisions are typically based on IDX’s standard acceptance provision, which provides the customer with a right to a refund if the arrangement is terminated because the product did not meet IDX’s published specifications. This right generally expires 30 days after installation. The product is deemed accepted unless the customer notifies the Company otherwise. Generally, IDX determines that these acceptance provisions are not substantive and historically have not been exercised, and therefore should be accounted for as a warranty in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 5. In addition, for IDX Carecast system, IDX specifications include a 99.9% uptime guarantee and subsecond response time. The length of the guarantee typically ranges from one to three years with an annual renewal option. Historically, the Company has not incurred substantive costs relating to this guarantee and the Company currently accrues for such costs as they are incurred. The Company reviews these costs on a regular basis as actual experience and other information becomes available; and should they become more substantive, the Company would accrue an estimated exposure.

 

At the time IDX enters into an arrangement, the Company assesses the probability of collection of the fee and the terms granted to the customer. The Company’s typical payment terms include a deposit and subsequent payments based on specific milestone events and dates. If the Company considers the payment terms for the arrangement to be extended or if the arrangement includes a substantive acceptance provision, the Company defers revenue not meeting the criterion for recognition under SOP 97-2 and classifies this revenue as deferred revenue, including deferred product revenue. The Company’s payment terms are generally less than 90 days and payments from customers are typically due within 30 days of the invoice date. IDX recognizes deferred revenue, assuming all other conditions for revenue recognition have been satisfied, when the payment of the arrangement fee becomes due and/or when the uncertainty regarding acceptance is resolved as generally evidenced by written acceptance or payment of the arrangement fee.

 

Additionally, the Company periodically enters into certain arrangements for the sale of software that requires significant customization. These contracts are accounted for in accordance with Accounting Research Bulletin (ARB) No. 45, Long-Term Construction-Type Contracts and SOP 81-1, Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts. The Company generally recognizes revenue on a percentage of completion basis using labor input measures, which involves the use of estimates. Labor input measures are used because they reasonably measure the stage of completion of the contract. Revisions to cost estimates are recorded to income in the period in which the facts that give rise to the revision become known. IDX recognizes losses, if any, on fixed price contracts when the loss is determined. IDX records revenue in excess of billings on long-term service contracts as unbilled receivables and are included in trade accounts receivable. IDX records billings in excess of revenue recognized on service contracts as deferred income until revenue recognition criteria are met.

 

Software Development Costs

 

The Company accounts for the development cost of software intended for sale in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 86, “Accounting for Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased, or

 

50


Table of Contents

IDX SYSTEMS CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

December 31, 2003

 

Otherwise Marketed,” (“SFAS 86”). Costs incurred in the research, design and development of software for sale to others are charged to expense until technological feasibility is established. Software development costs incurred after the establishment of technological feasibility and until the product is available for general release are capitalized, provided recoverability is reasonably assured. Technological feasibility is established upon the completion of a working model. Software development costs, when material, are stated at the lower of unamortized cost or net realizable value. Net realizable value for each software product is assessed based on anticipated profitability applicable to revenues of the related product in future periods. Amortization of capitalized software costs begins when the related product is available for general release to customers and is provided for using the straight-line method over eighteen months or the product’s estimated economic life, if shorter. IDX capitalizes software acquired if the related software under development has reached technological feasibility or if there are alternative future uses for the acquired software. Capitalized software development costs are $3.8 million and $2.1 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, net of accumulated amortization. Amortization of capitalized software amounted to $1.6 million, $2.4 million and $2.1 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Excluding capitalized software development costs and the related amortization expense, research and development costs were $57.1 million, $49.6 million and $43.7 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

 

Cash Equivalents

 

The Company considers highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased, to be cash equivalents.

 

Cost of Sales

 

Costs relating to system sales consist of external costs for bundled third party hardware and software purchases. Shipping costs on goods shipped to customers are included in cost of system sales. Costs relating to maintenance and service fees consist primarily of employee costs and related infrastructure costs incurred in providing installation services, post-installation support and training and consulting services.

 

Financial Instruments

 

The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, trade receivables, accounts payable, accrued expenses, and notes payable. The carrying value of these financial instruments approximates fair value due to their short term to maturity. Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk principally consist of cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities and trade receivables.

 

All of the Company’s cash equivalents and marketable securities are maintained by major financial institutions. The Company’s marketable securities generally consist of high credit quality instruments, primarily U.S. Government and Federal Agency obligations, tax-exempt municipal obligations and corporate obligations with contractual maturities of a year or less.

 

Substantially all of the Company’s customers are large integrated healthcare delivery enterprises principally located in the United States. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of the financial condition of its customers and generally does not require collateral. Although the Company is directly affected by the overall financial condition of the healthcare industry, management does not believe significant credit risk exists at December 31, 2003. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts based on accounts past due

 

51


Table of Contents

IDX SYSTEMS CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

December 31, 2003

 

according to contractual terms and historical collection experience. Actual losses when incurred are charged to the allowance. The Company’s losses related to collection of trade accounts receivables have consistently been within management’s expectations.

 

Property and Equipment

 

Real estate, which includes land, buildings and related improvements, is stated at cost. Buildings and related improvements are depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives of 30 to 40 years. Equipment is stated at cost and is depreciated straight-line over its estimated useful life of two to five years for computer equipment and five to ten years for furniture and fixtures. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the lesser of the term of the respective lease or the estimated useful life of the asset. Costs of developing and obtaining software for internal use are accounted for in accordance with SOP No. 98-1, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed for Internal Use,” and are included in Property and Equipment. These costs are amortized over their estimated useful life of five to seven years.

 

Long-Lived Asset Impairment

 

The Company continually evaluates whether events or circumstances have occurred that indicate that the estimated remaining useful life of long-lived assets (excluding goodwill, which is not significant) may warrant revision or that the carrying value of these assets may be impaired. During this review, the Company reevaluates the significant assumptions used in determining the original cost and estimated lives of long-lived assets. Although the assumptions may vary from asset to asset, they generally include operating results, changes in the use of the asset, cash flows and other indicators of value. Management then determines whether the remaining useful life continues to be appropriate or whether there has been an impairment of long-lived assets based primarily upon whether expected future undiscounted cash flows are sufficient to support the assets’ recovery. If impairment exists, the Company would adjust the carrying value of the asset to fair value, generally determined by a discounted cash flow analysis.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method as required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (SFAS) No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the future tax consequences of differences between the tax and financial accounting of assets and liabilities at the end of each reporting period. Deferred income taxes are based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. A valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. Income tax expense is the tax payable for the period and the change during the period in deferred tax assets and liabilities.

 

Net Income (Loss) Per Share

 

Basic net income (loss) per share is determined by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Dilutive net income (loss) per share is determined by including the dilutive effect of all potential common shares outstanding during the year.

 

Comprehensive Income

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) consists of unrealized gains and losses on the Company’s marketable securities.

 

52


Table of Contents

IDX SYSTEMS CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

December 31, 2003

 

Accounting For Stock-Based Compensation

 

At December 31, 2003, the Company had stock-based compensation plans, which are described separately in Note 12. The Company accounts for its stock-based compensation plan under Accounting Principal Bulletin Opinion (“APB”) No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations in accounting for its stock-based compensation plans. Accordingly, the Company records expense for employee stock compensation plans equal to the excess of the market price of the underlying IDX shares at the date of grant over the exercise price of the stock-related award, if any (known as the intrinsic value). In general, all employee stock options are issued with the exercise price equal to the market price of the underlying shares at the grant date and therefore, no compensation expense is recorded. In addition, no compensation expense is recorded for purchases under the 1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”) in accordance with APB No. 25. The intrinsic value of restricted stock units and certain other stock-based compensation issued to employees as of the date of grant is amortized to compensation expense over the vesting period. The unamortized portion is included as a separate component of stockholders’ equity under the caption Unearned Stock Compensation.

 

SFAS No. 123 establishes the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based compensation plans. The Company has adopted the disclosure-only alternative for stock options granted to employees and directors and for employee stock purchases under the ESPP under SFAS No. 123. The table below summarizes the pro forma operating results of the Company had compensation cost been determined in accordance with the fair value based method prescribed by SFAS No. 123.

 

     December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

 
    

(in thousands, except for

per share data)

 

Net income (loss) as reported

   $ 58,058     $ 9,974     $ (8,598 )

Add:

                        

Stock-based compensation expense included in reported net income (loss), net of tax

     320       230       127  

Deduct:

                        

Total stock-based employee compensation under fair value based methods, net of tax

     (6,689 )     (5,536 )     (5,856 )
    


 


 


Pro forma net income (loss)—SFAS 123

   $ 51,689     $ 4,668     $ (14,327 )
    


 


 


Basic net income (loss) per share:

                        

As reported

   $ 1.98     $ 0.34     $ (0.30 )

Pro forma—SFAS 123

   $ 1.76     $ 0.16     $ (0.50 )

Diluted net income (loss) per share:

                        

As reported

   $ 1.94     $ 0.34     $ (0.30 )

Pro forma—SFAS 123

   $ 1.72     $ 0.16     $ (0.50 )

 

The fair value of stock purchase plan rights and options granted is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value of stock purchase plan rights granted in 2003, 2002 and 2001 was $4.54, $3.65 and $5.68, respectively, with the following weighted average assumptions used for grants in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively: expected term of 0.50 year, volatility of 44.1%, 51.5% and 52.4%, dividend yield of 0% and risk-free interest rate of 1.0%, 3.0% and 1.8%. The weighted average fair value of options granted was $6.90, $3.65 and $7.10 for 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively, with the following weighted average

 

53


Table of Contents

IDX SYSTEMS CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

December 31, 2003

 

assumptions used for grants in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively: expected option term of 4 years, volatility of 60.9%, 51.5% and 52.4%, dividend yield of 0% and risk-free interest rate of 3.2%, 3.0% and 3.5%.

 

New Accounting Standards

 

In January 2003, the FASB issued FIN 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, to expand upon and strengthen existing accounting guidance that addresses when a company should include in its financial statements the assets, liabilities and activities of another entity. Prior to FIN 46, a company generally has included another entity in its consolidated financial statements only if it controlled the entity through voting interests. FIN 46 changes that guidance by requiring a variable interest entity, as defined in FIN 46, to be consolidated by a company if that company is subject to a majority of the risk of loss from the variable interest entity’s activities or is entitled to receive a majority of the entity’s residual returns or both. FIN 46 also requires disclosure about variable interest entities that the company is not required to consolidate but in which it has a significant variable interest. On October 8, 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board deferred the effective date of FIN 46 for variable interest entities created before February 1, 2003 to periods ending after December 15, 2003. A public entity need not apply the provisions of FIN 46 to an interest held in a variable interest entity until the end of the first interim or annual period ending after December 15, 2003, if both of the following apply:

 

    the VIE was created before February 1, 2003, and

 

    the public entity has not issued financial statements reporting interests in VIE’s in accordance with FIN 46 other than certain required disclosures.

 

Certain of the disclosure requirements apply in all financial statements issued after January 31, 2003, regardless of when the variable interest entity was established. The adoption of FIN 46 had no impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In May 2003, the EITF reached a consensus on Issue No. 03-5, “Applicability of AICPA Statement of Position 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, to Non-Software Deliverables in an Arrangement Containing More-Than-Incidental Software.” The FASB ratified this consensus in August 2003. EITF Issue No. 03-5 affirms that AICPA Statement of Position 97-2 applies to non-software deliverables, such as hardware, in an arrangement if the software is essential to the functionality of the non-software deliverables. The adoption of EITF Issue No. 03-5 did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

 

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity (“SFAS No. 150”), to establish standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It requires that an issuer classify a financial instrument within its scope as a liability (or an asset in some circumstances). SFAS No. 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003, except for certain provisions that have been deferred. Adoption of SFAS No. 150 had no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In November 2002, the Emerging Issues Task Force issued a final consensus on issue 00-21, Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables (“EITF 00-21”), which addresses how to account for arrangements that may involve the delivery or performance of multiple products, services, and/or rights to use assets. EITF 00-21 is effective prospectively for arrangements entered into in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2003. Companies may also elect to apply the provisions of EITF 00-21 to existing arrangements and record

 

54


Table of Contents

IDX SYSTEMS CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

December 31, 2003

 

the operating statement impact as the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle. The Company has adopted EITF 00-21 prospectively for contracts beginning after June 30, 2003. The adoption of EITF 00-21 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

In December 2003, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, Revenue Recognition (“SAB No. 104”), which revises or rescinds portions of the interpretive guidance included in Topic 13 of the codification of staff accounting bulletins in order to make this interpretative guidance consistent with current authoritative accounting and auditing guidance and SEC rules and regulations. SAB No. 104 had no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

2.    BUSINESS COMBINATIONS AND DIVESTITURES

 

2003

 

On June 18, 2003, the Company sold its wholly owned subsidiary, EDiX, to TEM resulting in a net gain on the sale of discontinued operations of $26.5 million. The Company received $64.0 million in cash from TEM in exchange for all the capital stock of EDiX. The Company transferred approximately $8.2 million of cash to TEM as part of the sale of EDiX, resulting in a net cash inflow related to the EDiX sale of $53.6 million, net of transaction costs. EDiX represented the Company’s medical transcription services segment (See Note 5).

 

Summarized selected financial information for the discontinued operations through the date of closing of the sale of EDiX (June 18, 2003) is as follows:

 

    

For the period

January 1, 2003
through June 18,

2003


   

Years ended

December 31,


 
     2002

    2001

 
     (in thousands)  

Revenues

   $ 54,810     $ 111,822     $ 95,570  
    


 


 


Pre-tax income (loss) from discontinued operations

   $ (2 )   $ (1,356 )   $ 6,145  

Pre-tax gain on disposal of discontinued operations

     23,769       —         —    

(Provision) benefit for income taxes from income (loss) from discontinued operations

     (117 )     447       (2,457 )

Benefit for income taxes from the gain on disposal of discontinued operations

     2,733       —         —    
    


 


 


Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ 26,383     $ (909 )   $ 3,688  
    


 


 


 

The provision for income taxes on income from discontinued operations was significantly higher in 2003 as compared to 2002 primarily due to certain state tax payments.

 

The gain on the disposal of EDiX resulted in an income tax benefit of $2.7 million. The Company’s tax basis in the stock of EDiX exceeded the net proceeds from the sale, resulting in a capital loss on the sale for tax purposes. A tax benefit arises from this deductible temporary difference based on our tax planning strategy, which contemplates the sale of an investment in an equity investee at a gain. To the extent that facts and circumstances change, for example, a decline in the fair value of the equity method investment, this tax planning strategy may no longer be sufficient to support these specific deferred tax assets and the Company may be required to increase the valuation allowance.

 

55


Table of Contents

IDX SYSTEMS CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

December 31, 2003

 

Components of EDiX’s net assets and liabilities at December 31, 2002 is as follows (in thousands):

 

    

December 31,

2002


Assets:

      

Accounts receivable, net

   $ 23,210

Other current assets

     547

Property and equipment, net

     17,721

Other assets

     621
    

     $ 42,099
    

Liabilities:

      

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

   $ 5,829

Deferred revenue

     460

Deferred tax liability

     —  
    

     $ 6,289
    

 

2002

 

In April 2002, the Company acquired 562,069 preferred shares in Stentor, Inc., with which the Company has entered into a strategic Alliance Agreement (“Stentor”), in exchange for approximately $7.5 million. Each preferred share is convertible, at any time at the option of the holder, into one share of common stock of Stentor, subject to certain adjustments. At December 31, 2003, the Company’s ownership interest in Stentor on an as converted to common stock basis was 4.28%. In addition, the preferred shares are not entitled to dividends but are entitled to a liquidation preference equal to the amount paid by the Company to purchase such shares. Stentor is a California based medical informatics company with products for medical image and information management. The warrant was issued to the Company in November 2000 in connection with the alliance agreement that was entered into by the parties to jointly develop a medical image and information management system (MIMS) combining the Company’s Imaging Suite product with the image distribution technology from Stentor. This investment is carried at cost. There is currently no public market for the preferred shares.

 

2001

 

In June 2001, the Company acquired Vogt Management Consulting, Inc. for approximately $1.1 million. This acquisition has been accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The purchase price has been allocated, principally to goodwill, based on estimated fair market values at the date of acquisition.

 

In May 2001, the Company acquired PVI, LLC for approximately $1.0 million. This acquisition has been accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The purchase price has been allocated based on estimated fair market values at the date of acquisition, principally to software. There are contingent payments based on a percentage of future sales related to this purchase.

 

Had these purchase acquisitions occurred as of the beginning of the year in which they occurred, the Company’s pro forma operating results would not be materially different than as reported in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

On January 8, 2001, the Company sold certain of the net assets and operations of its majority owned subsidiary, ChannelHealth, to Allscripts, a public company providing point-of-care e-prescribing and

 

56


Table of Contents

IDX SYSTEMS CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

December 31, 2003

 

productivity solutions for physicians. In addition to the sale, the Company entered into a ten-year strategic alliance (the “Alliance Agreement”) whereby Allscripts is the exclusive provider of point-of-care clinical applications sold by IDX to physician practices.

 

In exchange for its 87% ownership of ChannelHealth, IDX received approximately 7.5 million shares (such shares contained restrictions as to resale as discussed below) of Allscripts common stock, which represented approximately a 20% ownership interest in Allscripts. IDX recorded the Allscripts shares at an estimated fair value of $29.5 million, which included a discount from market value due to restrictions on transfer. IDX recorded the initial investment in Allscripts at $17.6 million, which was less than the value of the shares received of $29.5 million due to an $11.9 million limitation adjustment for the portion of the gain on the sale of ChannelHealth that represented IDX’s ownership in Allscripts. At the time of the transaction, ChannelHealth’s liabilities exceeded its assets by $10.5 million, resulting in a gain of approximately $40.0 million. Pursuant to the Alliance Agreement, IDX guaranteed that Allscript’s gross revenues resulting from the alliance (less any commissions paid to IDX) would amount to at least $4.5 million for fiscal year 2001. Due to this contingency, IDX deferred $4.5 million of the gain as of the date of the transaction and recognized a gain of $35.5 million in 2001. An additional gain of $4.3 million was recognized in the first quarter of 2002 when the contingency was resolved.

 

IDX accounts for its investment in Allscripts under the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method of accounting, IDX recognized its pro-rata share of Allscripts 2001 losses resulting in the elimination of the carrying value of this investment during the third quarter of 2001. In accordance with the equity method of accounting, IDX has not recorded its share of losses since then, of which its share amounts to $68.5 million through December 31, 2003. At December 31, 2003, the estimated market value of the Company’s investment in Allscripts is approximately $39.8 million based on the quoted market price of the stock. The fair market value of this stock is impacted by the restriction that the Company is allowed to sell only 25% of its initial Allscripts shares in any one year.

 

Through December 31, 2003, the Company has sold approximately 14,000 shares of Allscripts common stock, which has not materially changed its ownership interest in Allscripts.

 

Summary unaudited financial information for Allscripts for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 is as follows:

 

     December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

 
     (in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 85,841     $ 78,802  

Gross profit

     30,672       19,871  

Net loss

     (4,979 )     (15,233 )

Current assets

     42,339       62,795  

Non current assets

     68,053       41,558  

Current liabilities

     24,947       18,369  

Non current liabilities

     2,055       163  

 

3.    LEASE ABANDONMENT CHARGE

 

In 1999, the Company entered into a lease commitment for new office space in Seattle under a lease that commenced in 2002. The Company continued to utilize its existing space and an active search for a sublessor was initiated and has been ongoing. In 2002, the Company consolidated its Seattle operations into the new office

 

57


Table of Contents

IDX SYSTEMS CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

December 31, 2003

 

space and abandoned its then existing office space. Due to the depressed Seattle real estate market and the inability to obtain a sublessor, the Company recorded a lease abandonment charge of $9.2 million in its Information Systems and Services business segment in the fourth quarter of 2002. The lease abandonment charge is related to lease payments of approximately $7.9 million through the end of the lease term in 2005 and non-cash write-offs of certain leasehold improvements of approximately $1.3 million. During 2003, lease payments of approximately $2.8 million were made. Of the $5.1 million accrual remaining at December 31, 2003, approximately $2.8 million will be paid in 2004 and approximately $2.3 million thereafter. While currently not anticipated, in the event that the Company is able to secure a sub-tenant to assume its prior lease in a future reporting period, the present value of the future sub-lease income would be recorded as a reduction in expenses under the lease abandonment caption in the financial statements in the period in which the sub-lease agreement is signed.

 

4.    RESTRUCTURING COSTS

 

On September 28, 2001 the Company announced its plan to restructure and realign its large physician group practice businesses. The Company implemented a workforce reduction and restructuring program affecting approximately four percent of the Company’s employees. The restructuring program resulted in a charge to earnings of approximately $19.5 million during the fourth quarter of 2001, in connection with costs associated with employee severance arrangements of approximately $5.5 million, lease payment costs of approximately $5.2 million, and equipment and leasehold improvement write-offs related to the leased facilities of $8.6 million and other restructuring costs, primarily related to professional and consulting fees related to the restructuring. Workforce related accruals, consisting principally of employee severance costs, were based on specific identification of employees to be terminated, along with their job classification and functions, and their location. Approximately 200 employees were terminated primarily in the Flowcast operating unit and certain corporate services functions. Substantially all work force related actions were completed during the fourth quarter of 2001, with the exception of a minimal number of staff assigned to transition teams. The table below sets forth the significant components and activity in the restructuring program (in thousands):

 

    

Employee

severance and

termination

benefits


    Lease costs

   

Fixed asset

impairment


    Other

    Total

 

Balance September 28, 2001

   $ 5,557     $ 5,174     $ 8,595     $ 190     $ 19,516  

Non-cash charge

     —         —         (8,595 )     —         (8,595 )

Cash payments

     (4,026 )     (539 )     —         (64 )     (4,629 )
    


 


 


 


 


Balance December 31, 2001

     1,531       4,635       —         126       6,292  

Non-cash charge

     —         —         —         —         —    

Cash payments

     (1,531 )     (1,766 )     —         (126 )     (3,423 )
    


 


 


 


 


Balance December 31, 2002

     —         2,869       —         —         2,869  

Non-cash charge

     —         —         —         —         —    

Cash payments

     —         (1,458 )     —         —         (1,458 )
    


 


 


 


 


Balance December 31, 2003

   $ —       $ 1,411     $ —       $ —       $ 1,411  
    


 


 


 


 


 

Of the $1.4 million accrual balance at December 31, 2003, approximately $600,000 will be paid in 2004 and $800,000 thereafter.

 

58


Table of Contents

IDX SYSTEMS CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

December 31, 2003

 

5.    SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

 

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information” (“SFAS 131”), establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments. SFAS 131 also establishes standards for related disclosures about major customers, products and services, and geographic areas. Operating segments are identified as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in making decisions how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Company internally identifies operating segments by the type of products produced and markets served, and in accordance with SFAS No. 131, the Company has aggregated similar operating segments into one segment: Information Systems and Services.

 

Information Systems and Services consist of IDX’s healthcare information solutions that include software, hardware and related services. IDX solutions enable healthcare organizations to redesign patient care and other workflow processes in order to improve efficiency and quality. The principal markets for this segment include physician groups, management service organizations, hospitals and integrated delivery networks primarily located in the United States, United Kingdom and Canada.

 

Through the first quarter of 2003, the Company had an additional segment, medical transcription services (EDiX), which provided medical transcription outsourcing services for hospitals and large physician group practices primarily located in the United States. This segment was discontinued effective as of the second quarter of 2003 with the sale of EDiX to TEM and is reflected in discontinued operations (see Note 2). Accordingly, because the Company currently operates under one business segment, segment information is no longer being disclosed separately. Operating results for the discontinued transcription services segment have been reclassified to exclude general corporate overhead previously allocated to the segment and interest charged on certain inter-company loans, net of income taxes.

 

6.    MARKETABLE SECURITIES

 

The following is a summary of marketable securities at December 31, 2003 and 2002:

 

     Cost

  

Gross

Unrealized

Gains


  

Gross

Unrealized

Losses


   

Estimated

Fair

Value


     (in thousands)

December 31, 2003

                            

Short-term municipal securities

   $ 62,500    $ —      $ —       $ 62,500

U.S. government securities

     1,733      1      —         1,734

Other debt securities

     9,925      —        (10 )     9,915
    

  

  


 

Total debt securities

     74,158      1      (10 )     74,149

Equity securities

     5      1      —         6

Money-market funds

     4,913      —        —         4,913
    

  

  


 

     $ 79,076    $ 2    $ (10 )   $ 79,068
    

  

  


 

December 31, 2002

                            

U.S. government securities

   $ 11,109    $ 15    $ —       $ 11,124

Other debt securities

     2,500      —        —         2,500
    

  

  


 

Total debt securities

     13,609      15      —         13,624

Equity securities

     4      —        —         4

Money-market funds

     672      —        —         672
    

  

  


 

     $ 14,285    $ 15    $ —       $ 14,300
    

  

  


 

 

59


Table of Contents

IDX SYSTEMS CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

December 31, 2003

 

Unrealized gains and losses on marketable securities are recorded, net of any tax effect, as a separate component of stockholders equity. A portion of the Company’s investment in a venture capital fund was converted to marketable equity securities that were sold, resulting in a realized gain of $5.8 million for 2001.

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt securities and money market funds at December 31, 2003 by contractual maturity, are shown below:

 

     Cost

  

Estimated

Fair Value


     (in thousands)

Due in one year or less

   $ 78,796    $ 78,788

Due after one year through three years

     200      200

Due after three years

     80      80
    

  

     $ 79,076    $ 79,068
    

  

 

7.    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 

Equipment and leasehold improvements consist of the following:

 

     December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

 
     (in thousands)  

Computer equipment and software

   $ 77,255     $ 56,978  

Furniture and fixtures

     13,155       11,588  

Leasehold improvements

     11,531       7,667  
    


 


       101,941       76,233  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (55,650 )     (48,066 )
    


 


     $ 46,291     $ 28,167  
    


 


 

Real estate consists of the following:

 

     December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

 
     (in thousands)  

Corporate headquarters

   $ 42,409     $ 43,054  

Less accumulated depreciation

     (2,484 )     (1,498 )
    


 


     $ 39,925     $ 41,556  
    


 


 

8.    ACCRUED EXPENSES

 

Accrued expenses consist of the following:

 

     December 31,

     2003

   2002

     (in thousands)

Employee compensation and benefits

   $ 11,380    $ 14,886

Accrued expenses

     10,098      5,340

Accrual for lease abandonment charge

     5,099      7,868

Restructuring costs

     1,411      2,869

Income taxes

     7,717      1,558

Other

     5,450      4,809
    

  

     $ 41,155    $ 37,330
    

  

 

60


Table of Contents

IDX SYSTEMS CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

December 31, 2003

 

9.    FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS

 

The Company had a revolving demand line of credit (the “Demand Line”) with a bank allowing the Company to borrow up to $18.0 million bearing interest at the bank’s base rate, approximately 4.0% at December 31, 2001. The Demand Line was subject to certain terms and conditions including the requirement that the Company must maintain deposits with the bank that are in excess of the amounts borrowed. The agreement contains covenants related to minimum cash flow targets, net worth and capital spending. The Demand Line expired in 2002 and no amounts were outstanding at December 31, 2002.

 

The Company entered into a new revolving line of credit agreement (the “New Line”) during the second quarter of 2002 allowing the Company to borrow up to $40.0 million subject to certain restrictions. The New Line is secured by deposit accounts, accounts receivable and other assets and bears interest at the bank’s base rate plus .25%, which was approximately 5.0% as of December 31, 2002 and 4.25% as of December 31, 2003. The New Line will expire on June 27, 2005. At December 31, 2002, the Company had $18.7 million outstanding under this arrangement. Amounts due under the New Line were paid in full on January 2, 2003. At December 31, 2003, no amounts were outstanding under the New Line.

 

10.    INCOME TAXES

 

The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following:

 

     Years ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

 
     (in thousands)  

From Continuing Operations:

                        

Current tax provision (benefit):

                        

Federal

   $ 10,100     $ —       $ —    

State

     297       233       74  

Foreign

     132       185       —    
    


 


 


       10,529       418       74  

Deferred tax provision (benefit)

     (10,967 )     4,941       (2,220 )
    


 


 


Income tax provision (benefit) before tax effects of discontinued operations:

     (438 )     5,359       (2,146 )

Tax effect of discontinued operations

     (2,616 )     (447 )     2,457  
    


 


 


Total income tax provision (benefit)

   $ (3,054 )   $ 4,912     $ 311  
    


 


 


 

A reconciliation of the federal statutory rate to the effective income tax rate from continuing operations for 2003, 2002 and 2001 is as follows:

 

     Years ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

 

Taxes at federal statutory rate

   35.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %

State taxes, net of federal benefit

   4.4 %   3.0 %   3.0 %

(Decrease) increase in valuation allowance

   (26.0 %)   32.9 %   0.0 %

Utilization of previously reserved net operating losses and current year research and experimentation credits

   (16.4 %)   (33.0 %)   0.0 %

Restructuring charges not benefited

   0.0 %   0.0 %   (8.9 %)

Non-deductible charges related to sale of subsidiary

   0.0 %   0.0 %   (8.8 %)

Other, net

   1.6 %   (4.9 %)   (5.4 %)
    

 

 

     (1.4 %)   33.0 %   14.9 %
    

 

 

 

61


Table of Contents

IDX SYSTEMS CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

December 31, 2003

 

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets is as follows:

 

     December 31,

 
     2003

    2002

 
     (in thousands)  

Deferred tax assets:

                

Net operating loss carry forwards

   $ 1,825     $ 3,247  

Research and experimentation credits

     10,820       8,945  

Allowances and accruals

     5,026       8,245  

Depreciation

     —         1,038  

Deferred revenue

     1,805       1,228  

Capital loss carryforward

     3,162       —    

State tax credits

     4,208       —    
    


 


Total deferred tax assets

     26,846       22,703  

Deferred tax liability:

                

Depreciation

     (3,510 )     —    

Valuation allowance

     (6,033 )     (19,100 )
    


 


Net deferred tax assets

     17,303       3,603  

Less current portion

     5,899       2,033  
    


 


     $ 11,404     $ 1,570  
    


 


 

At December 31, 2003, the Company had research and experimentation credits of approximately $10.8 million available to offset the Company’s future tax liabilities subject to limitations. These research and experimentation credits will expire, if not used, during the years 2018 through 2023.

 

During 2003, the Company reversed its valuation allowance by $13.1 million. This reversal is primarily due to the Company’s expectation that future taxable income will be sufficient to recover its deferred tax assets, except for certain state items discussed below. The Company has generated on a cumulative basis pre-tax income from continuing operations for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003.

 

The reversal of the valuation allowance was reflected as an income tax benefit, except for $2.0 million of income tax benefits attributable to employee stock award exercises that were accounted for as additional paid-in capital. Management believes it is more likely than not that the deferred tax asset will be realized.

 

At December 31, 2003, the Company had state net operating loss carry forwards (NOLs) of approximately $23.0 million available to offset the Company’s future taxable income. These NOLs will expire, if not used, during various years through 2022. The Company also had various state tax credits that will expire, if not used, during the years 2007 through 2018.

 

The Company believes that, based upon a number of factors, the available objective evidence creates sufficient uncertainty regarding the realization of certain deferred tax assets, principally state NOLs and state income tax credits, such that a partial valuation allowance has been recorded. Management believes it is more likely than not that the deferred tax asset will be realized.

 

62


Table of Contents

IDX SYSTEMS CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

December 31, 2003

 

11.    STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

Net Income (Loss) Per Share:

 

The following sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share:

 

     Years ended December 31,

 
     2003

   2002

    2001

 
    

(in thousands, except for

per share data)

 

Numerator for basic and diluted income per share

                       

Continuing operations

   $ 31,675    $ 10,883     $ (12,286 )

Discontinued operations

     26,383      (909 )     3,688  
    

  


 


Numerator for basic and diluted income per share

   $ 58,058    $ 9,974     $ (8,598 )
    

  


 


Denominator:

                       

Basic weighted average shares outstanding

     29,345      28,939       28,566  

Effect of employee stock options

     658      175       —    
    

  


 


Denominator for diluted income per share

     30,003      29,114       28,566  
    

  


 


Basic net income (loss) per share

                       

Continuing operations

   $ 1.08    $ 0.38     $ (0.43 )

Discontinued operations

     0.90      (0.03 )     0.13  
    

  


 


Basic net income (loss) per share

   $ 1.98    $ 0.34     $ (0.30 )
    

  


 


Diluted net income (loss) per share

                       

Continuing operations

   $ 1.06    $ 0.37     $ (0.43 )

Discontinued operations

     0.88      (0.03 )     0.13  
    

  


 


Diluted net income (loss) per share

   $ 1.94    $ 0.34     $ (0.30 )
    

  


 


 

Options to purchase approximately 1,129,000, 3,417,000, and 3,902,000 shares of common stock were outstanding during the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001, respectively, but were not included in the year to date calculation of diluted shares because either the options’ exercise price was greater than the average market price of the common shares during those periods, or the effect of including the options would have been anti-dilutive.

 

Stock Repurchases

 

In 2003, the Company repurchased 95,000 shares of common stock at no cost upon the forfeiture of certain restricted stock awards of which 20,694 shares were re-issued as stock-based compensation at a market value of $25.18 per share (See Note 12). The par value and additional paid-in capital of the reacquired shares was relieved in proportion to the amounts recognized upon the original issuance of the shares. Reissuance of the shares held in treasury is accounted for in the same manner as an issuance of new shares.

 

12.    STOCK BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

 

Stock Purchase Plan

 

In September 1995, IDX’s Board of Directors and stockholders approved the 1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended in July 1997 and May 2001, (the “ESPP”) under which eligible employees may purchase the Company’s common stock at a price per share equal to 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the common stock at the beginning or end of each offering period. Participation in the offering is limited to 10%

 

63


Table of Contents

IDX SYSTEMS CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

December 31, 2003

 

of an employee’s compensation (not to exceed amounts allowed under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code), may be terminated at any time by the employee and automatically ends on termination of employment with the Company. A total of 2,100,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance under the ESPP. During the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001, an aggregate of approximately 246,000, 315,000, and 279,000 shares, respectively, were purchased under the ESPP. No additional shares of common stock were issued under the ESPP subsequent to the end of the year. At December 31, 2003, there were approximately 449,000 shares available for future offerings.

 

IDX Option Plans

 

At December 31, 2003, the Company had several stock based compensation plans, which are described separately below. The Company applies Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” and related interpretations in accounting for its plans.

 

During 1985 and 1994, the Company established incentive stock option plans providing for the grant of options for the issuance of 959,540 and 183,200 shares, respectively, of the Company’s common stock. Options were granted at fair market value at the time of grant and became immediately exercisable at the time of the initial public offering. The options expire on the earlier of the tenth anniversary of the date of the grant or upon termination of employment. The 1994 Plan was terminated upon the completion of the initial public offering. The 1985 Plan was terminated for purposes of prospective eligibility in March 1995. At December 31, 2003, options to purchase 24,500 and 15,700 shares of common stock were outstanding and exercisable under the 1994 Plan and the 1985 Plan, respectively.

 

In September 1995, the Company’s stockholders approved the 1995 Stock Option Plan as amended in July 1997, May 2001 and May 2003, (the 1995 Option Plan). The 1995 Option Plan provides for the grant of stock options to employees, officers and directors of, and consultants or advisors to, the Company. Under the 1995 Option Plan, the Company may grant options that are intended to qualify as incentive stock options under provisions of the Internal Revenue Code or options not intended to qualify as incentive stock options. The option grants, exercise price, vesting and expiration are authorized by a compensation committee comprised of certain of the Company’s directors. A total of 8,500,000 shares of common stock may be issued upon the exercise of options granted under the 1995 Option Plan. At December 31, 2003, options to purchase 5,486,379 shares of common stock were outstanding under the 1995 Option Plan, of which 2,371,715 were exercisable.

 

In September 1995, IDX’s Board of Directors approved the 1995 Director Stock Option Plan, as amended, in May 1997, July 1997, May 2001 and May 2003, (the IDX Director Plan), which provides that each non-employee director of the Company be granted an option to acquire 2,000 shares of Common Stock on the date that person becomes a director but, in any event, not earlier than the effective date of the IDX Director Plan. In addition, options are granted periodically to members of the Board of Directors. The option becomes exercisable on the first anniversary of the date of grant, and the term of the option is ten years from the date of grant. Options are granted at a price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant. Compensation expense results from the excess of the market price of the underlying IDX shares at the date of grant over the exercise price of the stock options awarded, if any (known as the intrinsic value). The intrinsic value of the options granted to the directors as of the date of grant is amortized to compensation expense over the vesting period. The unamortized portion is included as a separate component of stockholders’ equity under the caption Unearned Stock Compensation. The Company has reserved 160,000 shares of common stock for issuance under the IDX Director Plan. At December 31, 2003, options to purchase 124,242 shares of Common Stock were outstanding under the IDX Director Plan, of which 80,569 were exercisable. Compensation charged to expense under the plan was $129,000 for 2003. No compensation expense resulted from the plan for 2002 and 2001.

 

64


Table of Contents

IDX SYSTEMS CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

December 31, 2003

 

PHAMIS Stock Option Plans

 

Options to purchase shares of PHAMIS common stock under the PHAMIS, Inc. Amended and Restated 1983 Combined Nonqualified and Incentive Stock Option Plan (the 1983 Option Plan), the PHAMIS, Inc. 1993 Combined Incentive and Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (the 1993 Option Plan) and the PHAMIS, Inc. 1994 Non-employee Director Stock Option Plan (the PHAMIS Director Plan) that were outstanding at the effective date of the acquisition of PHAMIS by IDX in 1997, were effectively assumed by IDX based on the exchange ratio of .73 shares of IDX common stock for each share of PHAMIS common stock. Pursuant to the terms of the aforementioned plans, all unvested and unexercisable option grants were fully vested and became exercisable immediately prior to the acquisition. The aforementioned PHAMIS plans were terminated for purposes of prospective eligibility at the effective time of the acquisition. At December 31, 2003, options to purchase 51,532 and 3,650 shares of IDX common stock were outstanding and exercisable under the 1993 Option Plan and the PHAMIS Director Plan, respectively.

 

2002 Stock Incentive Plan for Non-employee Directors

 

In March 2002, IDX’s Board of Directors approved the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan for Non-Employee Directors (“2002 Stock Incentive Plan”) which provides for each non-employee director of the Company be compensated for their services on the Company’s Board of Directors by the granting of awards of shares of Common Stock and restricted stock awards. On May 16, 2002, the Company filed a Registration Statement on Form S-8 with the SEC to register such securities under the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan. The Company has reserved 25,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance under the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan. At December 31, 2003, 11,218 shares of Common Stock were issued and 13,782 shares were reserved for issuance under the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan. Stock Incentive compensation charged to expense under the plan was $70,000 for 2003 and $44,000 for 2002.

 

Restricted Stock Awards

 

The Company grants restricted common stock to certain key employees. Shares are awarded in the name of the employee subject to certain restrictions on transferability and a risk of forfeiture. The forfeiture provisions expire upon vesting. The Company reserved 115,000 shares of common stock for issuance of such restricted stock awards. During 2001, 75,000 shares were granted at an average market value of $16.02 per share. During 2002, no shares were granted. During 2003, 20,000 shares were granted at an average market value of $15.71 per share and 95,000 shares were forfeited. The forfeited shares were transferred to and reacquired by the Company at no cost. 28,125 shares were subsequently issued as restricted stock awards at an average market value of $25.18 per share, of which 7,431 shares were retained by the Company for withholding taxes. The awards are recorded at the market value at the date of grant. Initially, the total market value of the shares is treated as deferred compensation and is charged to expense over the vesting period. Restricted stock compensation charged to expense was $258,000 for 2003, $300,000 for 2002 and $150,000 for 2001.

 

65


Table of Contents

IDX SYSTEMS CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

December 31, 2003

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

A summary of the Company’s stock option activity, and related information for the three years ended December 31 follows:

 

     2003

   2002

   2001

     Options

   

Weighted-

Average

Exercise

Price


   Options

   

Weighted-

Average

Exercise

Price


   Options

   

Weighted-

Average

Exercise

Price


Outstanding at beginning of year

   4,882,373     $ 18.32    4,044,664     $ 19.52    3,370,900     $ 20.60

Granted

   1,627,798     $ 16.78    1,385,419     $ 15.08    1,042,478     $ 16.24

Exercised

   (331,048 )   $ 14.16    (45,790 )   $ 12.81    (80,590 )   $ 10.67

Forfeited

   (473,120 )   $ 17.68    (501,920 )   $ 19.55    (288,124 )   $ 22.71
    

 

  

 

  

 

Outstanding at end of year

   5,706,003     $ 18.17    4,882,373     $ 18.32    4,044,664     $ 19.52
    

 

  

 

  

 

Exercisable at end of year

   2,547,666     $ 19.90    2,188,350     $ 20.63    1,837,299     $ 22.32
    

 

  

 

  

 

Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the year

         $ 6.90          $ 3.65          $ 7.10

Available for future grants

   2,224,102            3,404,210            4,288,400        
    

 

  

 

  

 

 

The following table presents weighted-average price and life information about significant option groups outstanding at December 31, 2003:

 

     Options Outstanding

   Options Exercisable

Range of Exercise Price


   Number
Outstanding


  

Weighted-Average

Remaining

Contractual Life


  

Weighted-Average

Exercise Price


  

Number

Exercisable


  

Weighted-Average

Exercise Price


$ 4.32—$13.63

   933,848    6.33 years    $ 12.57    667,524    $ 12.71

$13.69—$15.77

   1,639,711    8.72 years    $ 14.93    260,127    $ 15.33

$15.81—$17.75

   1,467,861    7.47 years    $ 16.85    699,853    $ 16.77

$17.78—$19.49

   636,920    7.89 years    $ 18.95    174,215    $ 18.12

$19.56—$30.63

   580,565    5.32 years    $ 27.10    324,113    $ 28.69

$31.19—$51.19

   447,098    4.19 years    $ 33.36    421,834    $ 33.28
    
  
  

  
  

     5,706,003                2,547,666       
    
              
      

 

13.    BENEFIT PLANS

 

Profit Sharing Retirement Plan

 

The Company maintains a profit sharing retirement plan for all IDX employees meeting age and service requirements. Contributions to the plan are discretionary as determined by the Board of Directors. The Company expects to continue the plan indefinitely; however, IDX has reserved the right to modify, amend or terminate the plan. No contributions were made to the plan for the three years ended December 31, 2003.

 

401(K) Retirement Savings Plan

 

Under the plan, employees are eligible to participate in the plan on the first day of the month following the date of employment. The Company matches participant contributions up to 3%. Matching contributions to the plan from continuing operations were $4.0 million, $3.9 million and $3.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively related to this plan.

 

66


Table of Contents

IDX SYSTEMS CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

December 31, 2003

 

14.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Legal Proceedings:

 

In April 2000, the Company commenced a lawsuit for damages caused by wrongful cancellation and material breach of contract by St. John Health System (“SJHS”), in the United States District Court for Eastern District of Michigan, entitled IDX Systems Corporation v. St. John Health System (case no 00-71631). Subsequently, SJHS commenced a lawsuit against the Company in the Circuit Court of Wayne County, Michigan, claiming damages against the Company for anticipatory repudiation, breach of contract, tort and fraud. On motion of the Company, SJHS’s lawsuit was removed to and consolidated in the federal court. In its answer to the Company’s lawsuit, SJHS asserted the same claims previously asserted in its state court action. In November 2003, trial of the lawsuit commenced and ended when the parties entered into a mutually satisfactory confidential settlement agreement, including terms by which all of the litigation terminated and all claims were released.

 

In late 2001, the Company finalized a “Cooperative Agreement” with a non-regulatory federal agency within the U.S. Commerce Department’s Technology Administration, NIST, whereby the Company agreed to lead a $9.2 million, multi-year project awarded by NIST to a joint venture composed of the Company and four other joint venture partners. The project entails research and development to be conducted by the Company and its partners in the grant. Subsequently, an employee of the Company made allegations that the Company had illegally submitted claims for labor expenses and license fees to NIST and that the Company never had a serious interest in researching the technological solutions described in the proposal to NIST.

 

The Company believes the employee has likely filed an action under the Federal False Claims Act under seal in the Federal District Court for the Western District of Washington with respect to his claims, sometimes referred to as a “qui tam” complaint. The Company has no information regarding the specific allegations in the qui tam complaint. Further, the Company has no information concerning the actual amount of money at issue in the qui tam complaint or in any action the employee has brought claiming damages for alleged retaliatory actions by the Company. The Company has not yet been served with legal process detailing the allegations. Prompted by the employee’s allegations, the Civil Division of the U.S. Attorney’s office in Seattle, Washington is investigating whether the Company made false statements in connection with the application for the project award from NIST. The Company is cooperating in the U.S. Attorney’s ongoing investigation.

 

In April 2003, the Company filed a complaint against the employee with the United States District Court for the Western District of Washington, entitled IDX Systems Corporation v. Mauricio Leon (case no. C03-972R). The Company’s lawsuit asks the Court to grant a declaratory judgment stating that, should the Company terminate the employee’s employment, such action would not constitute retaliation for alleged whistle-blowing activities in violation of the Federal False Claims Act or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and would not constitute a violation of the employee’s rights under other laws.

 

In May 2003, the employee filed a complaint against the Company with the Federal District Court for the Western District of Washington, entitled Mauricio A. Leon, M.D. v. IDX Systems Corporation (case no. CV03 1158P) asserting that the Company had knowledge that the employee engaged in “protected activity” and retaliated against the employee in violation of the False Claims Act. In addition, the employee alleges that the Company violated the Americans with Disabilities Act and its Washington State counterpart in part through retaliation against the employee for exercising the employee’s rights under the federal and state discrimination laws. The employee also asserts other causes of action including wrongful termination in violation of public policy, fraudulent inducement to enter into an employment contract with the Company, and negligent and intentional infliction of emotional distress. The employee requests relief including, but not limited to, an

 

67


Table of Contents

IDX SYSTEMS CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

December 31, 2003

 

injunction against the Company enjoining and restraining the Company from the alleged harassment and discrimination, wages, damages, attorneys’ fees, interest and costs. In addition, the employee’s complaint alleges that the Company falsified unspecified documents submitted to the Government and made unspecified false statements to the Government.

 

Following a hearing on October 21, 2003, the Court on October 22, 2003, issued a series of orders regarding alignment of the IDX v. Leon and Leon v. IDX cases. Pursuant to the orders, the claims asserted by the parties will proceed under the case of Leon v. IDX, case number CV03-1158. IDX realigned its declaratory judgment claims as affirmative defenses and/or counterclaims in that case. The employee filed a motion for an injunction to reinstate his pay and benefits pending conclusion of the action. The motion was denied on December 12, 2003. Trial of the consolidated cases is presently scheduled for November 2004. The Company intends to vigorously defend itself and to vigorously pursue relief through prosecution of its own claims in the consolidated lawsuits. Although the Company believes that these actions are without merit, the Company currently cannot predict the outcome or the impact these matters may have upon the Company’s operations.

 

In May 2003, the employee filed a complaint against the Company with the U.S. Department of Labor, pursuant to Section 1514A of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The employee’s complaint asserts that, notwithstanding alleged notice to the Company of the employee’s allegations, Company management conspired to continue to defraud the government by allowing fraudulent activities to continue uncorrected and by concealing and avoiding its obligations to report any and all fraudulent activities to the proper authorities. In addition, the employee’s complaint alleges that the Company acted to retaliate, harass and intimidate the employee in contravention of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act’s whistleblower provisions. The employee’s complaint requests relief including, but not limited to, reinstatement, back-pay, with interest, and compensation for any damages sustained by the employee as a result of the alleged discrimination. The Department of Occupational Health and Safety is investigating the employee’s complaint on behalf of the U.S. Department of Labor, and the Company intends to cooperate in the investigation. The Company intends to vigorously defend against the employee’s claims.

 

There are additional claims made by the employee against the Company, including a charge with the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, claiming that the employee was discriminated against in violation of the Americans with Disabilities Act, the processing of which the EEOC has subsequently terminated through a Notice of Right to Sue. In addition, based on a media report, the Company believes the employee has also apparently filed a claim with the Office of Civil Rights of Health and Human Services based on an assertion that the Company retaliated against him by allegedly releasing medical information in violation of the requirements of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996. The Company has not received notice of any charge from the agency, and the agency has not confirmed that any claim has been filed. The Company intends to vigorously defend against the claims.

 

From time to time, the Company is a party to or may be threatened with other litigation on the course of its business. The Company regularly analyzes current information, including, as applicable, the Company’s defenses and insurance coverage and, as necessary, provides accruals for probable and estimable liabilities for the eventual disposition of these matters. The ultimate outcome of these matters is not expected to materially affect the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Contingencies:

 

Federal regulations issued in accordance with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, (“HIPAA”), impose national health data standards on health care providers that conduct electronic health

 

68


Table of Contents

IDX SYSTEMS CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

December 31, 2003

 

transactions, health care clearinghouses that convert health data between HIPAA-compliant and non-compliant formats, and health plans. Collectively, these groups, including most of IDX’s customers and IDX’s eCommerce Services clearinghouse business, are known as covered entities. These HIPAA standards include:

 

    transaction and code set standards (the “TCS Standards”) that prescribe specific transaction formats and data code sets for certain electronic health care transactions;

 

    privacy standards (the “Privacy Standards”) that protect individual privacy by limiting the uses and disclosures of individually identifiable health information; and

 

    data security standards (the “Security Standards”) that require covered entities to implement administrative, physical and technological safeguards to ensure the confidentiality, integrity, availability and security of individually identifiable health information in electronic form.

 

All covered entities were required to comply with the TCS Standards by October 16, 2003. The Privacy Standards imposed by HIPAA have been in effect for most covered entities since April 14, 2003, while the compliance deadline for the Security Standards is April 21, 2005.

 

Many covered entities, including some of IDX’s customers, IDX’s eCommerce Services clearinghouse business, and trading partners of IDX’s clearinghouse business, were not fully compliant with the TCS Standards as of October 16, 2003. However, IDX has deployed contingency plans to accept non-standard transactions. Even with the deployment of contingency plans, it is possible that there may be disruption in current claim submission and payment cycles, which could adversely affect IDX’s customers’ ability to pay IDX for services and products and could adversely impact anticipated revenues for IDX’s eCommerce Services clearinghouse business. As a result, IDX could experience loss of anticipated revenue. Further, because the entire healthcare system, including IDX’s eCommerce Services clearinghouse business and customers who use our information systems to generate claims data, has not operated at full capacity using the newly-mandated standard transactions, it is possible that currently undetected errors may cause rejection of claims, extended payment cycles, system implementation delays and cash flow reduction, with the attendant risk of liability and claims against IDX.

 

The Privacy Standards place on covered entities specific limitations on the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information. IDX has made certain changes in products and services to comply with the Privacy Standards. The effect of the Privacy Standards on IDX’s business is difficult to predict and there can be no assurances that IDX will adequately address the risks created by the Privacy Standards and their implementation or that IDX will be able to take advantage of any resulting opportunities.

 

Failure to comply with these standards under HIPAA may subject IDX to civil monetary penalties and, in certain circumstances, criminal penalties. Under HIPAA, covered entities may be subject to civil monetary penalties in the amount of $100 per violation, capped at a maximum of $25,000 per year for violation of any particular standard. Also, the U.S. Department of Justice, or DOJ, may seek to impose criminal penalties for certain violations of HIPAA. Criminal penalties under the statute vary depending upon the nature of the violation but could include fines of not more than $250,000 and/or imprisonment.

 

The effect of HIPAA on IDX’s business is difficult to predict and there can be no assurances that IDX will adequately address the business risks created by HIPAA and its implementation, or that IDX will be able to take advantage of any resulting business opportunities. Furthermore, IDX is unable to predict what changes to HIPAA, or the regulations issued pursuant to HIPAA, might be made in the future or how those changes could affect IDX’s business or the costs of compliance with HIPAA.

 

69


Table of Contents

IDX SYSTEMS CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

December 31, 2003

 

Indemnifications:

 

IDX includes indemnification provisions in software license agreements with its customers. These indemnification provisions include provisions indemnifying the customer against losses, expenses, and liabilities from damages that could be awarded against the customer in the event that IDX’s software is found to infringe upon a patent or copyright of a third party. The scope of remedies available under these indemnification obligations is limited by the software license agreements. IDX believes that its internal business practices and policies and the ownership of information, works and rights agreements signed by all employees limits IDX’s risk in paying out any claims under these indemnification provisions. To date IDX has not been subject to any litigation and has not had to reimburse any customers for any losses associated with these indemnification provisions.

 

15.    OPERATING LEASES

 

At December 31, 2003, minimum lease payments, net of sublease proceeds, for certain facilities and equipment under noncancelable leases are as follows:

 

Year


   Total

     (in thousands)

2004

   $ 14,282

2005

     15,028

2006

     12,943

2007

     12,935

2008

     31,867

Thereafter

     56,135
    

     $ 143,190
    

 

Of the $143.2 million obligation, approximately $5.1 million represents an accrual for a lease abandonment charge. See Note 3.

 

Richard E. Tarrant, Chairman of the Company’s Board of Directors, is the President and a director of LBJ Real Estate Inc., a Vermont corporation (“LBJ Real Estate”). Certain executive officers of LBJ Real Estate are also directors or executive officers of the Company, including Robert H. Hoehl, a director of the Company, and John A. Kane, the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, who also serves as a director of LBJ Real Estate. The stockholders of LBJ Real Estate include Messrs. Tarrant and Hoehl and an independent individual. LBJ Real Estate holds a 1% general partnership interest in LBJ Ltd. Partnership, a Vermont limited partnership and an affiliate of the Company (“LBJ”), and Messrs. Hoehl, Tarrant, and Kane and Mr. Robert F. Galin, the Company’s Senior Vice President of Sales, and two other employees of the Company hold 72.95% limited partnership interests. Through September 30, 2003, the Company leased an office building from LBJ. On September 30, 2003, LBJ sold the real estate leased by the Company to an unrelated third party. The Company is continuing to lease the real estate from the new owners under a new lease agreement, which has been approved by certain independent members of the Board of Directors of the Company who have no financial interest in the transaction.

 

Total rent expense from continuing operations amounted to $12.6 million, $9.3 million and $10.6 million during 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Total rent paid to LBJ was approximately $414,000, $555,000 and $557,000 in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Total rent paid to BDP was approximately $294,000 in 2001.

 

The Company leases office space to Allscripts in Burlington, Vermont. Total rent received from Allscripts was approximately $223,000, $204,000 and $195,000 in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

 

70


Table of Contents

IDX SYSTEMS CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

December 31, 2003

 

16.    GOODWILL

 

In July 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001. Under the rules, goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives are no longer amortized, but are subject to annual impairment tests in accordance with the statements. Other intangible assets continue to be amortized over their useful lives. The Company applied the new rules on accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets beginning in the first quarter of 2002. The Company has performed the required tests of goodwill and, based on the results, has not recorded any charges related to the adoption of and subsequent conformity with SFAS No. 142.

 

Had SFAS No. 142 been adopted for the three years ended December 31, 2003, the impact on net loss and loss per share would have been as follows for the year ended December 31, 2001:

 

     2001

 

Net income (loss)

   ($ 8,598 )

Add back goodwill amortization, net of tax

     317  
    


Adjusted net income (loss)

   ($ 8,281 )
    


     2001

 

Basic net income (loss) per share

   ($ 0.30 )

Add back goodwill amortization, net of tax, per share

     .01  
    


Adjusted basic income (loss) per share

   ($ 0.29 )
    


Diluted net income (loss) per share

   ($ 0.30 )

Add back goodwill amortization, net of tax, per share

     .01  
    


Adjusted diluted income (loss) per share

   ($ 0.29 )
    


 

The Company capitalized as additional goodwill $97,000 and $900,000 in 2003 and 2002, respectively relating to contingent consideration for an acquisition completed in 1999. The Company is not required to make any further earn-out payments.

 

17.    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

As a result of the sale of Channelhealth to Allscripts, the Company currently owns approximately 19.2% of the common stock of Allscripts at December 31, 2003. As part of a 10-year strategic alliance agreement beginning on January 9, 2001, Allscripts is obligated to pay IDX a percentage of Allscripts’ revenue related to the Company’s customers. The Company recorded revenues of approximately $1.0 million, $900,000 and $748,000 in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. The Company also leases office space to Allscripts in Burlington, Vermont. Total rent received from Allscripts was approximately $465,000, $514,000 and $492,000 in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. In addition, in 2003, the Company received a $300,000 payment from Allscripts in consideration for termination of expansion obligations. Accounts receivable included $56,000 and $322,000 due from Allscripts at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 

Through September 30, 2003, the Company leased an office building from LBJ, a real estate partnership owned by certain of the Company’s stockholders and key employees. See Note 15, Operating Leases.

 

Through April 19, 2001, the Company’s consolidated financial statements included the accounts of IDX and BDP Realty Associates (“BDP”), a real estate trust owned by Messrs. Hoehl and Tarrant, whose real estate was

 

71


Table of Contents

IDX SYSTEMS CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

December 31, 2003

 

leased exclusively by IDX. Effective with the date of the acquisition of IDX’s corporate headquarters from BDP, the Company has deconsolidated BDP and eliminated the net assets, principally real estate and minority interest, included in our consolidated balance sheet as of that date. The Company’s corporate headquarters were purchased from BDP for cash, at fair market value as determined by an independent appraisal, for approximately $15.0 million during the second quarter of 2001. This amount has been recorded as property and equipment. This transaction was reviewed and approved by certain independent members of our Board of Directors who had no financial interest in the transaction. Total rent expense includes $294,000 in 2001 related to this lease.

 

18.    SUBSEQUENT EVENT

 

On February 5, 2004, the Company entered into a commitment to sublease office facilities in the United Kingdom commencing on April 1, 2004. The lease term is for ten years and provides for annual base rent of £383,650 ($716,543 using the exchange rate of 1.8677 on March 2, 2004), plus the Company’s share of taxes and maintenance costs. The lease includes a provision for annual increases for maintenance, subject to a cap, in accordance with the UK Retail Price Index. In addition, in year five there is a provision for an increase in the annual base rent to market.

 

72


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

 

Board of Directors and Shareholders

 

IDX Systems Corporation

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of IDX Systems Corporation, as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of IDX Systems Corporation, at December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

 

As discussed in Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements, on January 1, 2002, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”.

 

/s/    ERNST & YOUNG LLP

 

Boston, Massachusetts

March 11, 2004

 

73


Table of Contents

QUARTERLY INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

 

A summary of operating results for the quarterly periods in the two years ended December 31, 2003 is set forth below:

 

     Quarter ended

 
     March 31

   June 30

    September 30

   December 31

 
     (in thousands, except for per share data)  

Year ended December 31, 2003

                              

Total revenues

   $ 92,441    $ 98,279     $ 101,431    $ 107,030  
    

  


 

  


Income from continuing operations

     3,716      5,430       10,301      12,228  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     115      26,711       —        (443 )
    

  


 

  


Net income

     3,831      32,141       10,301      11,785  
    

  


 

  


Net income (loss) per share—basic

                              

Continuing operations

   $ 0.13    $ 0.19     $ 0.35    $ 0.41  

Discontinued operations

     —        0.91       —        (0.01 )
    

  


 

  


Total net income per share—basic

   $ 0.13    $ 1.10     $ 0.35    $ 0.40  
    

  


 

  


Net income (loss) per share—diluted

                              

Continuing operations

   $ 0.13    $ 0.18     $ 0.34    $ 0.40 *

Discontinued operations

     —        0.91       —        (0.01 )*
    

  


 

  


Total net income per share—diluted

   $ 0.13    $ 1.09     $ 0.34    $ 0.38 +
    

  


 

  


Year ended December 31, 2002

                              

Total revenues

   $ 80,923    $ 85,061     $ 88,854    $ 93,408  
    

  


 

  


Income from continuing operations

     3,277      3,183       3,932      491  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     850      (420 )     289      (1,628 )
    

  


 

  


Net income (loss)

     4,127      2,763       4,221      (1,137 )
    

  


 

  


Net income (loss) per share—basic

                              

Continuing operations

   $ 0.11    $ 0.11     $ 0.14    $ 0.02  

Discontinued operations

     0.03      (0.01 )     0.01      (0.06 )
    

  


 

  


Total net income (loss) per share—basic

   $ 0.14    $ 0.10     $ 0.15    $ (0.04 )
    

  


 

  


Net income (loss) per share—diluted

                              

Continuing operations

   $ 0.11    $ 0.11     $ 0.13    $ 0.02  

Discontinued operations

     0.03      (0.01 )     0.01      (0.06 )
    

  


 

  


Total net income (loss) per share—diluted

   $ 0.14    $ 0.10     $ 0.14    $ (0.04 )
    

  


 

  


 

+   Does not total due to rounding.
*   Net income (loss) per share in each quarter is computed using the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during that quarter while net income (loss) per share for the full year is computed using the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the year. Thus, the sum of the four quarters’ net income (loss) per share does not equal the full-year net income (loss) per share.

 

The operations of the medical transcription services segment were discontinued in 2003, accordingly, the amounts above have been reclassified from previously published numbers to reflect the effect of discontinued operations.

 

The results of operations for the periods presented above include certain significant after-tax charges and gains in the following periods as described below:

 

2003

 

A gain on the sale of EDiX of approximately $27.2 million during the second quarter adjusted to $26.5 million during the fourth quarter due to income tax adjustments related to the sale and an income tax benefit from continuing operations of approximately $4.4 million and $8.7 million during the third and fourth quarters, respectively, as a result of a decline in the deferred income tax asset valuation allowance.

 

2002

 

A gain on sale of an investment in ChannelHealth of $2.9 million during the first quarter and a lease abandonment charge of $6.2 million during the fourth quarter.

 

74


Table of Contents
ITEM 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

None.

 

ITEM 9A.   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures

 

The Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)) as of December 31, 2003. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2003, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were (1) designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report was being prepared and (2) effective, in that they provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.

 

Changes in internal controls

 

During 2002, the Company began implementation of an enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system, designed to align and integrate the Company’s employees, processes and technology through software applications. The ERP system includes enterprise financial reporting applications, of which the Company implemented the core applications for general ledger, accounts receivable, billing, accounts payable and fixed assets during the fourth quarter of 2002. During the fourth quarter of 2003, the Company implemented additional applications principally including payroll and benefits, contract management, order management, project management, resource management, and time and expense reporting. The applications implemented this quarter represent a culmination of over a year of preparation, including five months of testing and three months of training. Management believes that the ongoing implementation of the ERP system will ultimately enhance our internal controls over financial reporting. However, the Company’s financial controls in the fourth quarter 2003 were adversely impacted by this conversion to the ERP system and the assignment of Company personnel responsible for overseeing such controls to additional special projects. The Company’s independent auditors, Ernst & Young, determined that the Company has significant deficiencies in the design or operation of the Company’s internal control which, if not addressed, could adversely affect the assertions of management in the financial statements as to particular accounts. The Company addressed these conditions with enhanced testing and analysis, and it believes these procedures were adequate to permit us to report appropriate results in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In addition, the Company intends to hire additional accounting personnel to address these control issues.

 

75


Table of Contents

PART III

 

Certain information required by Part III of this Form 10-K is omitted because the Company will file a definitive proxy statement pursuant to Regulation 14A (the Proxy Statement) not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Form 10-K, and certain information to be included therein is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

 

The response to this item is contained in part under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant” in Part I hereof, and the remainder is contained in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Election of Directors” and is incorporated herein by reference. Information relating to delinquent filings of Forms 3, 4 and 5 of the Company is contained in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Section 16 Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Audit Committee Financial Expert

 

The Board has determined that William L. Asmundson, the Chairman of the Audit Committee, is an audit committee financial expert, as such term is defined in Item 401(h) of Regulation S-K. The board has also determined that Mr. Asmundson is independent as defined under the new rules of the NASDAQ stock market. Mr. Asmundsons’s experience can be found in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Election of Directors.”

 

Code of Ethics for Financial Officers

 

In addition to a general Code of Ethics applicable to all employees, the Board has adopted a code of ethics (the “Code of Ethics”) that applies to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Corporate Controller. Each of these executives has executed an affirmation agreeing to comply with the Code of Ethics. The full text of the Code of Ethics is available on our Internet web site address at http://www.idx.com. In addition, the Company intends to disclose any changes in or waivers to the Code of Ethics on its website.

 

ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

The response to this item is contained in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Board of Directors Compensation” and “Compensation of Executive Officers” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

 

The response to this item is contained in the Proxy Statement under the captions, “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 13.   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

The response to this item is contained in the Proxy Statement under the captions “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

The response to this item is contained in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Principal Accountant Fees and Services” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

76


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

 

(a)   The following consolidated financial statements of IDX Systems Corporation are included in Item 8 of Part II of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

(1)   Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2003 and 2002.

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Report of Independent Auditors.

 

(2)   The consolidated financial statement Schedule II is as follows: All other schedules are omitted, as the information required is either presented in the consolidated financial statements or is inapplicable.

 

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts—Continuing operations

 

Description


  

Balance at

Beginning of

Period


  

Charged to

Costs and

Expenses


  

Deductions—

Other ##


  

Deductions—Bad
Debts Written-

Off Net of

Collections


  

Balance at

End of

Period


Year ended December 31, 2003 Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 3,898,000    $ 1,176,000      —      $ 405,000    $ 4,669,000

Year ended December 31, 2002 Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 3,578,000    $ 996,000      —      $ 676,000    $ 3,898,000

Year ended December 31, 2001 Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 3,532,000    $ 2,113,000    $ 500,000    $ 1,567,000    $ 3,578,000

##   Reduction in allowance for doubtful accounts related to the sale of ChannelHealth.

 

The above schedule has been restated to exclude the effects of discontinued operations.

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts—Discontinued operations

 

Description


  

Balance at

Beginning of
Period


  

Charged to

Costs and

Expenses


  

Deductions—

Other ##


  

Deductions—Bad
Debts Written-

Off Net of

Collections


  

Balance at

End of

Period


Year ended December 31, 2003 Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 702,000    $ 400,000    $ 723,000    $ 379,000      —  

Year ended December 31, 2002 Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 578,000    $ 1,610,000      —      $ 1,486,000    $ 702,000

Year ended December 31, 2001 Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 765,000    $ 269,000      —      $ 456,000    $ 578,000

##   Reduction in allowance for doubtful accounts related to the sale of EDiX.

 

(3)   The Exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index immediately preceding the Exhibits are incorporated by reference herein.

 

(b)   Reports on Form 8-K

 

On October 23, 2003, the registrant furnished a report on Form 8-K, containing a copy of its earnings release for the period ended September 30, 2003.

 

77


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on the 15th day of March, 2004.

 

IDX SYSTEMS CORPORATION

By:

 

/s/    JAMES H. CROOK, JR.        


   

James H. Crook, Jr.

Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature


  

Title


 

Date


/s/    JAMES H. CROOK, JR.        


James H. Crook, Jr.

  

Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director

  March 15, 2004

/s/    JOHN A. KANE        


John A. Kane

  

Senior Vice President, Finance and Administration, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  March 15, 2004

/s/    RICHARD E. TARRANT        


Richard E. Tarrant

  

Director

  March 15, 2004

/s/    HENRY M. TUFO        


Henry M. Tufo, M.D.

  

Director

  March 15, 2004

/s/    ROBERT H. HOEHL        


Robert H. Hoehl

  

Director

  March 15, 2004

/s/    STUART H. ALTMAN        


Stuart H. Altman, Ph.D.

  

Director

  March 15, 2004

/s/    MARK F. WHEELER        


Mark F. Wheeler, M.D.

  

Director

  March 15, 2004

/s/    ALLEN MARTIN        


Allen Martin, Esq.

  

Director

  March 15, 2004

/s/    DAVID P. HUNTER        


David P. Hunter

  

Director

  March 15, 2004

/s/    WILLIAM L. ASMUNDSON        


William L. Asmundson

  

Director

  March 15, 2004

/s/    CONNIE R. CURRAN        


Connie R. Curran

  

Director

  March 15, 2004

 

78


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description


3.1    Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation. (b)
3.2    Second Amended and Restated Bylaws. (b)
4.1    Specimen Certificate for shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value, of the Company. (b)
10.1    1985 Incentive Stock Option Plan. (a)(b)
10.2    1994 Incentive Stock Option Plan. (a)(b)
10.3    Employment, Noncompetition and Nondisclosure Agreement between the Company and Richard E. Tarrant. dated September 7, 1995. (a)(b)
10.4    Agreement between the Company and Robert F. Galin dated April 5, 1982. (a)(b)
10.5    Employment Agreement between the Company and John A. Kane dated October 15, 1984. (a)(b)
10.6    Redemption Agreement between the Company, Richard E. Tarrant and Robert H. Hoehl dated as of April 1, 1993. (b)
10.7    First Amendment to Redemption Agreement between the Company, Richard E. Tarrant and Robert H. Hoehl dated September 19, 1995. (b)
10.8    Second Amendment to Redemption Agreement by and among the Company, Richard E. Tarrant and Robert H. Hoehl and other shareholders dated as of September 13, 2001. (i)
10.9    Indenture of Lease between the Company and IDS Realty Trust dated as of December 1, 1981, as amended on June 29, 1995. (b)
10.10    Tax Indemnification Agreement between the Company and the stockholders listed on Schedule A thereto. (b)
10.11    PHAMIS, Inc. 1993 Combined Incentive and Nonqualified Stock Option Plan as amended through May 14, 1996. (a) (c)
10.12    PHAMIS, Inc. 1994 Non-employee Director Stock Option Plan as amended through January 1, 1996. (a) (c)
10.13    Specimens of Stock Option Agreements under the 1995 Stock Option Plan.
10.14    Lease Extension between IDS Realty Trust and the Company dated as of June 15, 1998 and executed April 12, 1999. (d)
10.15    Sample Indemnification Agreement signed by all Directors and Officers as of September 13, 1999. (e)
10.16    Series A Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement by and between ChannelHealth Incorporated, the Company and Purchasers named on Schedule I dated as of January 10, 2000. (f)
10.17    Stock Restriction and Voting Agreement by and among Richard E. Tarrant and Amy E. Tarrant effective April 29, 1999 and executed June 8, 2000. (f)
10.18    Stock Rights and Restriction Agreement between Allscripts Healthcare Solutions, Inc. and IDX Systems Corporation dated as of January 8, 2001. (g)
10.19    Strategic Alliance Agreement by and between Allscripts Healthcare Solutions, Inc. and IDX Systems Corporation dated as of January 8, 2001. (g)
10.20    Stock Option Agreement by and between IDX Systems Corporation and James H. Crook, Jr. dated as of October 16, 2000. (a) (g)
10.21    1995 Stock Option Plan as amended through May 21, 2001. (a) (h)
10.22    1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan as amended through May 21, 2001. (a) (h)


Table of Contents
10.23      1995 Director Stock Option Plan as amended through May 21, 2001. (a) (h)
10.24      Joinder, dated September 30, 2001, by and among Allscripts Healthcare Solutions, Inc., the Company and IDX Investment Corporation. (j)
10.25 *    Employment, Noncompetition and Nondisclosure Agreement by and between the Company and Thomas Butts, dated January 17, 2002. (a) (k)
10.26      2002 Stock Incentive Plan for Non-Employee Directors. (a) (k)
10.27      Loan and Security Agreement by and among the Company, IDX Information Systems Corporation, IDX Investment Corporation, EDiX Corporation and Heller Healthcare Finance, Inc., dated June 27, 2002. (l)
10.28      Office Building Lease by and between IDX Information Systems Corporation and 4901 LBJ Limited Partnership, effective as of July 1, 2002. (m)
10.29      Office Building Lease by and between National Office Partners Limited Partnership and the Company dated March 23, 2000. (p)
10.30      First Amendment to Lease by and between National Office Partners Limited Partnership and the Company dated February 15, 2002. (p)
10.31 *    Distribution and Development Agreement by and between Stentor, Inc. and the Company dated November 15, 2000. (p)
10.32 *    Amendment to Distribution and Development agreement by and between Stentor, Inc. and the Company dated December 31, 2003.
10.33      Amendment No. 4 to 1995 Stock Option Plan. (a) (n)
10.34      Amendment No. 5 to 1995 Director Stock Option Plan. (a)
10.35     

Amendment No. 1, dated June 19, 2003, to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 27,

2002 by and among the Company, IDX Information Systems Corporation, IDX Investment Corporation, EDiX Corporation and Heller Healthcare Finance, Inc. (n)

10.36      First Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Note, dated June 19, 2003, by the Company, IDX Information Systems Corporation and IDX Investment Corporation in favor of Heller Healthcare Finance, Inc. (n)
10.37 *    Employment, Noncompetition and Nondisclosure Agreement by and between the Company and James H. Crook, effective as of January 1, 2003. (a)
10.38      Stock Purchase and Sale Agreement dated April 10, 2003 between the Company and Total eMed, Inc. (o)
10.39      Amendment Number 1 to the Stock Purchase and Sale Agreement dated April 10, 2003 between the Company and Total eMed, Inc. (o)
21.1      Subsidiaries of the Company.
23.1      Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
23.2      Consent of KPMG LLP regarding Allscripts Healthcare Solutions, Inc.
31.1      Certification of the CEO of the Company pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
31.2      Certification of the CFO of the Company pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
32.1      Certification of the CEO and CFO of the Company pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.
99.1      Consolidated Financial Statements for Allscripts Healthcare Solutions, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Allscripts Healthcare Solutions Inc. financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003).

 

*   Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions, which portions are omitted and filed separately with the commission.


Table of Contents
(a)   Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement filed as an exhibit to or incorporated by reference into this Form pursuant to Items 15(a) and 15(c) of Form 10-K.
(b)   Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 33-97104).
(c)   Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, as amended (File No. 333-31045).
(d)   Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 1999 (File No. 000-26816).
(e)   Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 1999 (File No. 000-26816).
(f)   Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2000 (File No. 000-26816).
(g)   Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 (File No. 000-26816).
(h)   Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2001 (File No. 000-26816).
(i)   Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2001 (File No. 000-26816).
(j)   Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Report on Amendment No. 1 to Schedule 13D for the event of January 10, 2002.
(k)   Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2002 (File No. 000-26816).
(l)   Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2002 (File No. 000-26816).
(m)   Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2002 (File No. 000-26816).
(n)   Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2003 (File No. 000-26816).
(o)   Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Report on Form 8-K dated June 18, 2003 (File No. 000-26816).
(p)   Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002.
EX-10.13 3 dex1013.htm SPECIMENS OF STOCK OPTION AGREEMENTS UNDER THE 1995 STOCK OPTION PLAN SPECIMENS OF STOCK OPTION AGREEMENTS UNDER THE 1995 STOCK OPTION PLAN

Exhibit 10.13

 

SPECIMENS OF STOCK OPTION AGREEMENTS

 

IDX SYSTEMS CORPORATION

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

(attached to Notice of Grant of Stock Options)

 

1. Grant of Option. IDX Systems Corporation, a Vermont corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants to the individual (the “Optionee”) specified on the Notice of Grant of Stock Option to which this Agreement is attached (the “Notice”), an option (the “Option”) pursuant to the Company’s 1995 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) to purchase the number of shares specified in the Notice of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share (“Common Stock”) of the Company at the price per share specified in the Notice, purchasable as set forth in and subject to the terms and conditions of the Notice, this Agreement, and the Plan. Except where the context otherwise requires, the term “Company” shall include the parent and all present and future subsidiaries of the Company as defined in Sections 424 (e) and 424 (f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended or replaced from time to time (the “Code”) and all of the Company’s predecessors, successors and assigns.

 

2. Incentive Stock Option. This Option is not intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

3. Exercise of Option and Provisions for Termination.

 

(a) Expiration. The Option shall expire on the date that is ten (10) years after the date of grant set forth in the Notice (the “Expiration Date”). The Option may not be exercised at any time after the Expiration Date.

 

(b) Vesting Schedule. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Option shall become exercisable prior to the Expiration Date in four annual increments, each representing one-fourth of the total number of shares subject to the Option, as set forth in the Notice. The right of exercise shall be cumulative so that it shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, with respect to all vested shares not purchased at any time prior to the Expiration Date or the earlier termination of this Option.

 

(c) Exercise Procedure. Subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, this Option shall be exercised by the Optionee’s delivery of written notice of exercise to the Secretary of the Company, specifying the number of shares to be purchased and the purchase price to be paid therefor and accompanied by payment in full in accordance with Section 4. Such exercise shall be effective upon receipt by the Secretary of the Company of such written notice together with the required payment. The Optionee may purchase less than the number of shares covered hereby, provided that no partial exercise of this Option may be for any fractional share or for fewer than ten whole shares.


(d) Continuous Employment Required. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3, this Option may not be exercised unless the Optionee, at the time he or she attempts to exercise this Option, is, and has been at all times since the date of grant of this Option, an employee of the Company or as a consultant of the Company subsequent to the termination of employment with the Company.

 

(e) Exercise Period Upon Termination of Employment. If the Optionee ceases to be employed by the Company for any reason, or ceases to continue working for the Company as a consultant subsequent to the termination of employment with the Company, then, except as provided in paragraphs (f) and (g) below, the right to exercise this Option shall terminate 30 days after such cessation (but in no event after the Expiration Date), provided that this Option shall be exercisable only to the extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise this Option on the date of such cessation. The Company’s obligation to deliver shares upon the exercise of this Option shall be subject to the satisfaction of all applicable federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding requirements, arising by reason of this Option being treated as a non-statutory option or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Optionee, prior to the Expiration Date, materially violates the non-competition or confidentiality provisions of any employment contract, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreement or other agreement between the Optionee and the Company, the right to exercise this Option shall terminate immediately upon written notice to the Optionee from the Company describing such violation.

 

(f) Exercise Period Upon Death or Disability. If the Optionee dies or becomes disabled prior to the Expiration Date while he or she is an employee of the Company, or ceases to continue working for the Company as a consultant subsequent to the termination of employment by the Company, or if the Optionee dies within three months after the Optionee ceases to be an employee or consultant of the Company, this Option shall be exercisable, within the period of one year following the date of death or disability of the Optionee (but in no event after the Expiration Date), by the Optionee or by the person to whom this Option is transferred by will or the laws of descent and distribution, provided that this Option shall be exercisable by the Optionee on the date of his or her death or disability. Except as otherwise indicated by the context, the term “Optionee”, as used in this Option, shall be deemed to include the estate of the Optionee or any person who acquires the right to exercise this Option by bequest or inheritance or otherwise by reason of the death of the Optionee.

 

(g) Resignation of Employment. If the Optionee, prior to the Expiration Date, voluntarily resigns from employment with the Company, the right to exercise this Option shall terminate immediately upon such resignation.

 

4. Payment of Purchase Price.

 

(a) Method of Payment. Payment of the purchase price for shares purchased upon exercise of this Option shall be made (i) by delivery to the Company of cash or a check to


the order of the Company in an amount equal to the purchase price of such shares, (ii) subject to the consent of the Company, by delivery to the Company of shares of Common Stock of the Company then owned by the Optionee having a fair market value equal in amount to the purchase price of such shares, (iii) by any other means which the Board of Directors determines are consistent with the purpose of the Plan and with applicable laws and regulations (including, without limitation, the provisions of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Regulations T promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board), or (iv) by any combination of such methods of payment.

 

(b) Valuation of Shares or Other Non-Cash Consideration Tendered in Payment of Purchase Price. For the purposes hereof, the fair market value of any share of the Company’s Common Stock or other non-cash consideration which may be delivered to the Company in exercise of this Option shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(c) Delivery of Shares Tendered in Payment of Purchase Price. If the Optionee exercises Options by delivery of shares of Common Stock of the Company, the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Common Stock of the Company to be delivered shall be duly executed in blank by the Optionee or shall be accompanied by a stock power duly executed in blank suitable for purposes of transferring such shares to the Company. Fractional shares of Common Stock of the Company will not be accepted in payment of the purchase price of shares acquired upon exercise of this Option.

 

(d) Restrictions on Use of Option Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no shares of Common Stock of the Company may be tendered in payment of the purchase price of shares to be so tendered were acquired within twelve (12) months before the date of such tender, through the exercise of an Option granted under the Plan or any other stock option or restricted stock plan of the Company.

 

5. Delivery of Shares; Compliance with Securities Laws, Etc.

 

(a) General. The Company shall, upon payment of the Option price for the number of shares purchased and paid for, make prompt delivery of such shares to the Optionee, provided that if any law or regulation requires the Company to take any action with respect to such shares before the issuance thereof, then the date of delivery of such shares shall be extended for the period necessary to complete such action.

 

(b) Listing, Qualification, Etc. This Option shall be subject to the requirement that if, at any time, counsel to the Company shall determine that the listing, registration or qualification of the shares subject hereto upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental or regulatory body, or that the disclosure of non-public information or the satisfaction of any other condition is necessary as a condition of, or in connection with, the issuance or purchase of shares hereunder, this Option may not be exercised, in whole or in part, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval, disclosure or satisfaction of such other condition shall have been effected or


obtained on terms acceptable to the Board of Directors. Nothing herein shall be deemed to require the Company to apply for, effect or obtain such listing, registration, qualification, or disclosure, or to satisfy such other condition.

 

6. Nontransferability of Option. Except as provided in paragraph (f) of Section 3, this Option is personal and no rights granted hereunder may be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) nor shall any such rights be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any unauthorized attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this Option or of such rights contrary to the provisions hereof, or upon the levy of any attachment or similar process upon this Option or such rights, this Option and such rights shall, at the election of the Company, become null and void. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Optionee may transfer by gift all or any portion of the Option to any lineal descendent (including any legally adopted child), spouse or parent, or to any trust or similar entity of which such a person is the beneficiary.

 

7. No Special Employment Rights. Nothing contained in the Plan or this Option shall be construed or deemed by any person under any circumstances to bind the Company to continue the employment of the Optionee for the period within which this Option may be exercised.

 

8. Termination of the Plan; No Right to Future Grants; Extraordinary Item of Compensation. By entering into the Notice and Stock Option Agreement, the Optionee acknowledges: (i) that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be suspended or terminated by the Company at any time; (ii) that the grant of the Option is a one-time benefit which does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options; (iii) that all determinations with respect to any such future grants, including, but not limited to, the times when options shall be granted, the number of shares subject to each option, the option price, and the time or times when each option shall be exercisable, will be at the sole discretion of the Company; (iv) that the Optionee’s participation in the Plan is voluntary; (v) that the value of the option is an extraordinary item of compensation which is outside the scope of the Optionee’s employment contract, if any; and (vi) that the Option is not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments.

 

9. Cancellation and Rescission of Option.

 

(a) General. The Company may cancel, rescind, suspend, withhold or otherwise limit or restrict any options that have not been exercised at any time if the Optionee is not in compliance with all applicable provisions of this Agreement and the Plan, or if the Optionee engages in any “Detrimental Activity.” For purposes of this Section 9, “Detrimental Activity” shall include: (i) the rendering of services for any organization or engaging directly or indirectly in any business which is or becomes competitive with the Company, or which organization or business, or the rendering of services to such organization or business, is or becomes otherwise prejudicial to or in conflict with the interests of the Company; (ii) the


disclosure to anyone outside the Company, or the use in other than the Company’s business, without prior written authorization from the Company, of any confidential information or material, as defined in any agreement between the Optionee and the Company, including without limitation the Company’s Employment, Non-competition and Non-disclosure Agreement, relating to the business of the Company, acquired by the Optionee either during or after employment with the Company; (iii) the failure or refusal to disclose promptly and to assign to the Company, pursuant to any agreement between the Optionee and the Company, including without limitation the Company’s Employment, Non-competition and Non-disclosure Agreement, all right, title and interest in any invention or idea, patentable or not, made or conceived by the Optionee during employment by the Company, relating in any manner to the actual or anticipated business, research or development work of the Company or the failure or refusal to do anything reasonably necessary to enable the Company to secure a patent where appropriate in the United States and in other countries; (iv) activity that results in termination of the Optionee’s employment for cause; (v) a violation of any rules, policies, procedures or guidelines of the Company; (vi) any attempt directly or indirectly to induce any employee of the Company to be employed or perform services elsewhere or any attempt directly or indirectly to solicit the trade or business of any current or prospective customer, supplier or partner of the Company; or (vii) any other conduct or act determined to be injurious, detrimental or prejudicial to any interest of the Company.

 

(b) Rescission. Upon exercise of an Option pursuant to this Stock Option Agreement, the Optionee shall certify in a manner acceptable to the Company that he or she is in compliance with the terms and conditions of the Plan. In the event a Optionee fails to comply with the provisions of paragraphs (a)(i)-(vii) of this Section 9 prior to, or during the six months after, any exercise, payment or delivery pursuant to an Option, such exercise, payment or delivery may be rescinded within two years thereafter. In the event of any such rescission, the Optionee shall pay to the Company the amount of any gain realized or payment received as a result of the rescinded exercise, payment or delivery, in such manner and on such terms and conditions as may be required by the Company, and the Company shall be entitled to set-off against the amount of any such gain any amount owed to the Optionee by the Company.

 

10. Rights as a Shareholder. The Optionee shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares which may be purchased by exercise of this Option (including, without limitation, any rights to receive dividends or non-cash distributions with respect to such shares) unless and until a certificate representing such shares is duly issued and delivered to the Optionee. No adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued.

 

11. Data Privacy. By entering into the Notice and Stock Option Agreement, the Optionee: (i) authorizes the Company, and any agent of the Company administering the Plan or providing Plan recordkeeping or communication services, to disclose to the Company such information and data as the Company shall request in order to facilitate the grant of past, present or future options and the administration of the Plan; (ii) waives any data privacy rights he or she may have with respect to such information; and (iii) authorizes the Company to store and transmit such information in electronic form.


12. Adjustment Provisions.

 

(a) General. If, through, or as a result of, any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar transaction, (i) the outstanding shares of Common Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company, or (ii) additional shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such shares of Common Stock or other securities, the Optionee shall, with respect to this Option or any unexercised portion hereof, be entitled to the rights and benefits, and be subject to the limitations, set forth in Section 15(a) of the Plan.

 

(b) Board Authority to Make Adjustments. Any adjustments under this Section 12 will be made by the Board of Directors, whose determination as to what adjustments, if any, will be made and the extent thereof will be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional shares will be issued pursuant to this Option on account of any such adjustments.

 

(c) Limits on Adjustments. No adjustment shall be made under this Section 12 which would, within the meaning of any applicable provision of the Code, constitute a modification, extension or renewal of this Option or a grant of additional benefits to the Optionee.

 

13. Mergers, Consolidation, Distributions, Liquidations Etc. In the event of (i) a consolidation or merger, (ii) sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in which outstanding shares of Common Stock are exchanged for securities, cash or other property of any other corporation or business entity, or (iii) a liquidation of the Company, prior to the Expiration Date or termination of this Option, the Optionee shall, with respect to this Option or any unexercised portion hereof, be entitled to the rights and benefits, and be subject to the limitations, set forth in Section 16(a) of the Plan.

 

14. Withholding Taxes. The Company’s obligation to deliver shares upon the exercise of this Option shall be subject to the Optionee’s satisfaction of all applicable federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding requirements.

 

15. Investment Representations; Legends.

 

(a) Representations. The Optionee represents, warrants and covenants that:

 

(i) Any shares purchased upon exercise of this Option shall be acquired for the Optionee’s account for investment only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution of the share in violation of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) or any rule or regulation under the Securities Act.


(ii) The Optionee has had such opportunity as he or she has deemed adequate to obtain from representatives of the Company such information as is necessary to permit the Optionee to evaluate the merits and risks of his or her investment in the Company.

 

(iii) The Optionee is able to bear the economic risk of holding shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of this Option for an indefinite period.

 

(iv) The Optionee understands that (A) the shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of this Option may not be registered under the Securities Act and may be “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act; (B) such shares cannot be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is then available; (C) in any event, an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or otherwise under the Securities Act may not be available for at least two years and even then will not be available unless a public market then exists for the Common Stock, adequate information concerning the Company is then available to the public and other terms and conditions of Rule 144 are complied with; and (D) there is currently a registration statement on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to certain shares of Common Stock of the Company, and a registration statement with respect to shares exercisable under the Plan, but the Company has no obligation to register any shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of this Option under the Securities Act or to keep current any existing registration or prospectus.

 

By making payment upon exercise of this Option, the Optionee shall be deemed to have reaffirmed, as of the date of such payment, the representations made in this Section 15.

 

(b) Legends on Stock Certificates. If required by the Company, all stock certificates representing shares of Common Stock issued to the Optionee or any other person upon exercise of this Option shall have affixed thereto legends substantially in the following forms, in addition to any other legends required by applicable state law:

 

“The shares of stock represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 and may not be transferred, sold or otherwise disposed of in the absence of an effective registration statement with respect to the shares evidenced by this certificate, filed and made effective under the Securities Act of 1933, or an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company to the effect that registration under such Act is not required. The shares of stock represented by this certificate are subject to certain restrictions on transfer contained in an Option Agreement, a copy of which will be furnished upon request by the issuer.”


16. Miscellaneous.

 

(a) Except as provided herein, this Option may not be amended or otherwise modified unless evidenced in writing and signed by the Company and the Optionee.

 

(b) All notices under this Option shall be mailed or delivered by hand to the parties at their respective addresses set forth beneath their names below or at such other address as may be designated in writing by either of the parties to one another one year from the date of grant.

 

(c) This Option shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Vermont.


Form of Director Stock Option Agreement

(to be used in connection with the grant of options with a transferability provision)

 

1. Grant of Option. IDX Systems Corporation, a Vermont corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants to                      (the “Optionee”) an option, pursuant to the Company’s 1995 Director Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”), to purchase an aggregate of              shares of Common Stock (“Common Stock”) of the Company at a price of $             per share, purchasable as set forth in and subject to the terms and conditions of this option and the Plan. Except where the context otherwise requires, the term “Company” shall include the parent and all present and future subsidiaries of the Company as defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended or replaced from time to time (the “Code”).

 

2. Non-Statutory Stock Option. This option is not intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

3. Exercise of Option and Provisions for Termination.

 

(a) Vesting Schedule. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this option shall become exercisable on or after              and prior to the tenth anniversary of the date of grant (hereinafter the “Expiration Date”). The right of exercise shall be cumulative so that if the option is not exercised to the maximum extent permissible during any exercise period, it shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, with respect to all shares not so purchased at any time prior to the Expiration Date or the earlier termination of this option. This option may not be exercised at any time on or after the Expiration Date, except as otherwise provided in Section 3(e) below.

 

(b) Exercise Procedure. Subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, this option shall be exercised by the Optionee’s delivery of written notice of exercise to the Treasurer of the Company, specifying the number of shares to be purchased and the purchase price to be paid therefor and accompanied by payment in full in accordance with Section 4. Such exercise shall be effective upon receipt by the Secretary of the Company of such written notice together with the required payment. The Optionee may purchase less than the number of shares covered hereby, provided that no partial exercise of this option may be for any fractional share or for fewer than ten whole shares.

 

(c) Continuous Relationship with the Company Required. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3, this option may not be exercised unless the Optionee, at the time he or she exercises this option, is, and has been at all times since the date of grant of this option a director of the Company (an “Eligible Optionee”).

 

(d) Termination of Relationship with the Company. If the Optionee ceases to be an Eligible Optionee for any reason, then, except as provided in paragraphs (e) and (f) below, the right to exercise this option shall terminate one year after such cessation (but in no event after the Expiration Date), provided that this option shall be exercisable only to the extent that the


Optionee was entitled to exercise this option on the date of such cessation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Optionee, prior to the Expiration Date, materially violates the confidentiality provisions of any nondisclosure agreement or other agreement between the Optionee and the Company, the right to exercise this option shall terminate immediately upon such violation.

 

(e) Exercise Period Upon Death or Disability. If the Optionee dies or becomes disabled (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) prior to the Expiration Date while he or she is an Eligible Optionee, or if the Optionee dies within one year after the Optionee ceases to be an Eligible Optionee (other than as the result of a termination of such relationship by the Company for “cause” as specified in paragraph (f) below), this option shall be exercisable, within the period of one year following the date of death or disability of the Optionee (whether or not such exercise occurs before the Expiration Date), by the Optionee or by the person to whom this option is transferred by will or the laws of descent and distribution, provided that this option shall be exercisable only to the extent that this option was exercisable by the Optionee on the date of his or her death or disability. Except as otherwise indicated by the context, the term “Optionee”, as used in this option, shall be deemed to include the estate of the Optionee or any person who acquires the right to exercise this option by bequest or inheritance or otherwise by reason of the death of the Optionee.

 

(f) Discharge for Cause. If the Optionee, prior to the Expiration Date, is removed as a director for “cause” (as defined below), the right to exercise this option shall terminate immediately upon such cessation of employment. “Cause” shall mean willful misconduct by the Optionee or willful failure to perform his or her responsibilities in the best interests of the Company (including, without limitation, breach by the Optionee of any provision of any nondisclosure or other similar agreement between the Optionee and the Company), as determined by the Company, which determination shall be conclusive. The Optionee shall be considered to have been removed “for cause” if the Company determines, within 30 days after the Optionee’s resignation, that discharge for cause was warranted.

 

(g) Rights of Transferee. A transferee who has received this option [, or a part thereof,] pursuant to Section 5(c) of the Plan may exercise such option only to the extent that the Optionee is an Eligible Optionee at the time of such exercise, or, after the Optionee has ceased to be an Eligible Optionee, for the duration and to the extent that the Optionee is permitted to exercise such option pursuant to this Section 3.

 

4. Payment of Purchase Price.

 

(a) Method of Payment. Payment of the purchase price for shares purchased upon exercise of this option shall be made (i) by delivery to the Company of cash or a check to the order of the Company in an amount equal to the purchase price of such shares, (ii) subject to the consent of the Company, by delivery to the Company of shares of Common Stock of the Company then owned by the Optionee having a fair market value equal in amount to the purchase price of such shares, (iii) by any other means which the Board of Directors determines are consistent with the purpose of the Plan and with applicable laws and regulations (including, without limitation, the provisions of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Regulation T promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board), or (iv) by any combination of such methods of payment.


(b) Valuation of Shares or Other Non-Cash Consideration Tendered in Payment of Purchase Price. For the purposes hereof, the fair market value of any share of the Company’s Common Stock or other non-cash consideration which may be delivered to the Company in exercise of this option shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(c) Delivery of Shares Tendered in Payment of Purchase Price. If the Optionee exercises this option by delivery of shares of Common Stock of the Company, the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Common Stock of the Company to be delivered shall be duly executed in blank by the Optionee or shall be accompanied by a stock power duly executed in blank suitable for purposes of transferring such shares to the Company. Fractional shares of Common Stock of the Company will not be accepted in payment of the purchase price of shares acquired upon exercise of this option.

 

(d) Restrictions on Use of Option Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no shares of Common Stock of the Company may be tendered in payment of the purchase price of shares purchased upon exercise of this option if the shares to be so tendered were acquired within twelve (12) months before the date of such tender, through the exercise of an option granted under the Plan or any other stock option or restricted stock plan of the Company.

 

5. Delivery of Shares; Compliance With Securities Laws, Etc.

 

(a) General. The Company shall, upon payment of the option price for the number of shares purchased and paid for, make prompt delivery of such shares to the Optionee, provided that if any law or regulation requires the Company to take any action with respect to such shares before the issuance thereof, then the date of delivery of such shares shall be extended for the period necessary to complete such action.

 

(b) Listing, Qualification, Etc. This option shall be subject to the requirement that if, at any time, counsel to the Company shall determine that the listing, registration or qualification of the shares subject hereto upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental or regulatory body, or that the disclosure of non-public information or the satisfaction of any other condition is necessary as a condition of, or in connection with, the issuance or purchase of shares hereunder, this option may not be exercised, in whole or in part, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval, disclosure or satisfaction of such other condition shall have been effected or obtained on terms acceptable to the Board of Directors. Nothing herein shall be deemed to require the Company to apply for, effect or obtain such listing, registration, qualification or disclosure, or to satisfy such other condition.

 

6. Nontransferability of Option. This option is personal and no rights granted hereunder may be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by


operation of law or otherwise) nor shall any such rights be subject to execution, attachment or similar process, except that this option may be transferred (i) by will or the laws of descent and distribution, (ii) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code, or (iii) pursuant to Section 5(c) of the Plan. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this option or of such rights contrary to the provisions hereof, or upon the levy of any attachment or similar process upon this option or such rights, this option and such rights shall, at the election of the Company, become null and void.

 

7. No Special Employment or Similar Rights. Nothing contained in the Plan or this option shall be construed or deemed by any person under any circumstances to bind the Company to continue the relationship of the Optionee with the Company for the period within which this option may be exercised.

 

8. Rights as a Shareholder. The Optionee shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares which may be purchased by exercise of this option (including, without limitation, any rights to receive dividends or non-cash distributions with respect to such shares) unless and until a certificate representing such shares is duly issued and delivered to the Optionee. No adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued.

 

9. Adjustment Provisions.

 

(a) General. If, through or as a result of any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar transaction, (i) the outstanding shares of Common Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company, or (ii) additional shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such shares of Common Stock or other securities, the Optionee shall, with respect to this option or any unexercised portion hereof, be entitled to the rights and benefits, and be subject to the limitations, set forth in Section 15(a) of the Plan.

 

(b) Board Authority to Make Adjustments. Any adjustments under this Section 9 will be made by the Board of Directors, whose determination as to what adjustments, if any, will be made and the extent thereof will be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional shares will be issued pursuant to this option on account of any such adjustments.

 

10. Mergers, Consolidation, Distributions, Liquidations Etc. In the event of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in which outstanding shares of Common Stock are exchanged for securities, cash or other property of any other corporation or business entity, or in the event of a liquidation of the Company, prior to the Expiration Date or termination of this option, the Optionee shall, with respect to this option or any unexercised portion hereof, be entitled to the rights and benefits, and be subject to the limitations, set forth in Section 16(a) of the Plan.


11. Withholding Taxes. The Company’s obligation to deliver shares upon the exercise of this option shall be subject to the Optionee’s satisfaction of all applicable federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding requirements.

 

12. Investment Representations; Legends.

 

(a) Representations. The Optionee represents, warrants and covenants that:

 

(i) Any shares purchased upon exercise of this option shall be acquired for the Optionee’s account for investment only, and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution of the shares in violation of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), or any rule or regulation under the Securities Act.

 

(ii) The Optionee has had such opportunity as he or she has deemed adequate to obtain from representatives of the Company such information as is necessary to permit the Optionee to evaluate the merits and risks of his or her investment in the Company.

 

(iii) The Optionee is able to bear the economic risk of holding such shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of this option for an indefinite period.

 

(iv) The Optionee understands that (A) the shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of this option will not be registered under the Securities Act and are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act; (B) such shares cannot be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is then available; (C) in any event, an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or otherwise under the Securities Act not be available for at least two years and even then will not be available unless a public market then exists for the Common Stock, adequate information concerning the Company is then available to the public, and other terms and conditions of Rule 144 are complied with; and (D) there is now no registration statement on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to any stock of the Company and the Company has no obligation or current intention to register any shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of this option under the Securities Act.

 

(v) The Optionee agrees that, if the Company offers any of its Common Stock for sale pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act, the Optionee will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly (a “Disposition”), any shares purchased upon exercise of this option for a period of 90 days after the effective date of such registration statement.


By making payment upon exercise of this option, the Optionee shall be deemed to have reaffirmed, as of the date of such payment, the representations made in this Section 12.

 

(b) Legends on Stock Certificate. All stock certificates representing shares of Common Stock issued to the Optionee upon exercise of this option shall have affixed thereto legends substantially in the following forms, in addition to any other legends required by applicable state law:

 

“The shares of stock represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 and may not be transferred, sold or otherwise disposed of in the absence of an effective registration statement with respect to the shares evidenced by this certificate, filed and made effective under the Securities Act of 1933, or an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company to the effect that registration under such Act is not required.”

 

“The shares of stock represented by this certificate are subject to certain restrictions on transfer contained in an Option Agreement, a copy of which will be furnished upon request by the issuer.”

 

13. Miscellaneous.

 

(a) Except as provided herein, this option may not be amended or otherwise modified unless evidenced in writing and signed by the Company and the Optionee.

 

(b) All notices under this option shall be mailed or delivered by hand to the parties at their respective addresses set forth beneath their names below or at such other address as may be designated in writing by either of the parties to one another.


(c) This option shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Vermont.

 

Date of Grant:   IDX Systems Corporation

  By:  

 


    Name:    
    Title:    

 

OPTIONEE’S ACCEPTANCE

 

The undersigned hereby accepts the foregoing option and agrees to the terms and conditions thereof. The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Company’s current Prospectus for the Plan.

 

OPTIONEE

Name:

ADDRESS:




Form of Addendum to Director Stock Option Agreement

 

THIS ADDENDUM is made as of this      day of             ,             , by and between IDX Systems Corporation (“IDX” or “Company”) and                              (the “Optionee”).

 

Background of Agreement

 

The Company has granted to Optionee the options listed below (the “Options”), on the dates set forth below, under the Company’s 1995 Director Stock Option Plan, as amended (the “Plan”), to purchase the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company at the exercise price per share, each as set forth below. Each such option is purchasable in accordance with the terms set forth in certain Director Stock Option Agreements (the “Existing Option Agreements”) and is subject to the terms and conditions of the respective Existing Option Agreement and the Plan.

 

Options

 

Grant Date


 

Number of Shares


 

Exercise Price per Share


 

[Options]

 

In connection with an amendment to the Plan approved by the Board of Directors of the Company on May     , 2003, IDX and Optionee desire to amend each Existing Option Agreement to permit certain transfers by the Optionee of his Options.

 

IN CONSIDERATION of the premises, the covenants set forth herein, and other consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1. SCOPE AND EFFECT. This Addendum modifies, supplements and becomes a part of each Existing Option Agreement and in the event of any express conflict or inconsistency between the express terms hereof and the terms of the Existing Option Agreements, the terms of this Addendum shall govern and control. In all other respects, each Existing Option Agreement shall be and remain in full force and effect.

 

  2. RIGHTS OF TRANSFEREE. Section 3 of each Existing Option Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following as a new Section 3(g):

 

“(g) Rights of Transferee. A transferee who has received this option[, or a part thereof,] pursuant to Section 5(c) of the Plan may exercise such option only to the extent that the Optionee is an Eligible Optionee at the time of such exercise, or, after the Optionee has ceased to be an Eligible Optionee, for the duration and to the extent that the Optionee is permitted to exercise such option pursuant to this Section 3.”


  3. NONTRANSFERABILITY OF OPTION. Section 6 of each Existing Option Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

“6. Nontransferability of Option. This option is personal and no rights granted hereunder may be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) nor shall any such rights be subject to execution, attachment or similar process, except that this option may be transferred (i) by will or the laws of descent and distribution, (ii) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code, or (iii) pursuant to Section 5(c) of the Plan. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this option or of such rights contrary to the provisions hereof, or upon the levy of any attachment or similar process upon this option or such rights, this option and such rights shall, at the election of the Company, become null and void.”

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Addendum to be executed as of the date first set forth above.

 

IDX SYSTEMS CORPORATION
By:  

 


    James H. Crook, Jr.
    Chief Executive Officer

 

OPTIONEE’S ACCEPTANCE

 

The undersigned hereby accepts the foregoing Addendum and agrees to the terms and conditions thereof.

 

OPTIONEE

Name:
EX-10.32 4 dex1032.htm AMENDMENT TO DISTRIBUTION AND DEVELOPEMENT AGREEMENT AMENDMENT TO DISTRIBUTION AND DEVELOPEMENT AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.32

 

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the

Securities and Exchange Commission. Asterisks denote omissions.

 

AMENDMENT TO DISTRIBUTION AND DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Amendment (“Amendment”) is made effective as of January 1, 2004 (the “Amendment Effective Date”) by and between, STENTOR, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Stentor”), and IDX SYSTEMS CORPORATION, a Vermont corporation (“IDX”).

 

RECITALS

 

A. Stentor and IDX entered into a Distribution and Development Agreement dated November 15, 2000 (the “Original Agreement”), pursuant to which they agreed (i) to engage in development to facilitate the integration of certain Stentor products for archiving and viewing medical images and certain IDX products for automating the management of work flow in radiology practices and departments, and (ii) thereby to offer an integrated system for medical image management.

 

B. The parties have succeeded in offering such integrated system in North America, and now wish to amend certain provisions of the Original Agreement (as amended, including as amended by this Amendment, the “Agreement”) for the remainder of the Initial Term, ending November 15, 2005.

 

C. Among other things, the parties wish to continue their relationship during the remainder of the Initial Term (from January 1, 2004 to November 15, 2005) on a different basis such that, subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, (i) each party (each a “Licensee Party”) would have the worldwide right (but no obligation) to distribute the designated products of the other party (each a “Licensor Party”) as part of the MIMS System on a nonexclusive basis using the Licensee Party’s own branding, (ii) each Licensor Party would use commercially reasonable efforts to make available APIs to allow the Licensee Party to make calls to data elements of such Licensor Party products as part of the MIMS System, and (iii) each Licensor Party would continue to provide second-level support to the Licensee Party.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and other terms and conditions set forth herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

AGREEMENT

 

1. Sections 4.1.1 through 4.1.5 will be deleted in their entirety and replaced with the following:

 

4.1.1 Additional API Request Process.

 

(a) As soon as reasonably practicable, but in no event later than January 9, 2004, IDX may provide to Stentor a detailed list of Stored Data Elements of Stentor to which IDX would like to interface. As soon as reasonably practicable, but in no event later than January 30, 2004, Stentor shall respond to such list with an indication as to (a) whether it believes it is commercially


practicable to permit IDX to interface to such Stored Data Elements and (b) if so, the estimated schedule for any development that would reasonably be required in connection with making available access to such Stored Data Elements (e.g., developing the related APIs). If the parties cannot agree on the commercial practicability and development schedule for the requested Stored Data Elements, the parties shall meet no later than February 9, 2004 and use commercially reasonable efforts to reach agreement by February 13, 2004. If the parties cannot agree by February 13, 2004, each party may escalate the matter, and the parties will engage in mediation to resolve the dispute, in accordance with the process set forth in Section 10.19. Stentor shall undertake commercially reasonable efforts to implement the mutually agreed APIs by version 3.5 of the Stentor Products, which Stentor anticipates being released in approximately the third calendar quarter of 2004, and to the extent commercially reasonable efforts would not allow inclusion in version 3.5 but would in the subsequent version, by such subsequent version. The period between the Amendment Effective Date and the release of version 3.5 of the Stentor Product is referred to herein as the “Catch-Up Period”. Thereafter, during the remainder of the Initial Term, each party (as Licensee Party) may (no more often than twice a year) make a request for additional Stored Data Elements of the Licensor Party to which the Licensee would like to interface, and the Licensor Party will respond with an indication as to (i) whether it believes it is commercially practicable to permit the Licensee Party to interface to such Stored Data Elements, and (ii) if so, the estimated schedule for any development that would be reasonably required in connection with making available such Stored Data Elements (e.g., developing related APIs). If the parties cannot agree on such issues, each party may escalate the matter, and the parties will engage in mediation to resolve the dispute, in accordance with the process set forth in Section 10.19. The parties anticipate that the work described above will require approximately one engineer (full-time equivalent) after the Catch-Up Period, and that Stentor likely will need to devote additional resources during the Catch-Up Period. For purposes of this Section 4.1.1, “Stored Data Elements” means (A) in the case of Stentor, data elements stored by Stentor that are received by Stentor either through interface messaging, such as HL7, or through DICOM messages associated with an image, or the Stentor-stored output of functional events generated by routines provided or accessed by Stentor (e.g., measurements, 3D analysis outputs), and (B) in the case of IDX, data elements stored by IDX that are received by IDX or the IDX-stored output of functional events generated by routines provided or accessed by IDX.

 

(b) Each party (as Licensee Party) shall, at the Licensor Party’s request, dedicate resources to be and remain knowledgeable about and up to date on the products of the other party (i.e., the Stentor Products or IDX Products, as applicable), including their APIs. Such efforts shall include dedicating no less than one (1) person to working on APIs with the Licensor Party and having such person(s) attend training sessions at the Licensor Party’s request regarding APIs.

 

2


(c) Each party (as Licensee Party) shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make use of existing APIs of the Licensor Party before requesting access to additional data elements or the development of any new APIs of the Licensor Party. In any event, the Licensor Party will have no obligation to make available any data element, provide any API or engage in any other activity that would or could reasonably affect the existing or future integrity, stability, compatibility, functionality or performance of any product (including any data used by a product).

 

(d) Each party (as Licensee Party) may use data elements and APIs made available by the Licensor Party (including any related materials or information) solely as part of the MIMS System to allow the Licensee Party products included in the MIMS System to interface to data stored by the Licensor Party’s products included in the MIMS System. The above limitation shall not apply to data elements and APIs supporting industry standards, e.g., DICOM Query Retrieve.

 

(e) Should either party (as Licensee Party) enter into any agreement with a third party that involves access to or use of any data element or APIs of the Licensor Party by a product or service of the third party, the Licensee Party shall not include any exclusivity or other similar provision affecting the right of the third party and the Licensor Party to work together or to have the third-party product or service interface with products of the Licensor Party.

 

4.1.2 Early Test Participation. To the extent consistent with third-party contractual obligations, each Licensor Party shall provide to the Licensee Party the opportunity to participate in early testing programs for new releases of the Stentor Products (in the case of Stentor) or IDX Products (in the case of IDX) to be available to the Licensee Party for use as part of the MIMS System. The parties acknowledge and agree that the purpose of such participation is intended to permit the Licensee Party to provide feedback at the alpha or beta product stage no later than any other customer of the Licensor Party. The parties also acknowledge and agree that participation in such early testing is subject to the reasonable requirements of the Licensor Party, including, but not limited to, testing only in a non-production environment on a separate server, appropriate disclaimers of liability and warranties, reasonable confidentiality and security terms, the receipt of useful feedback from the Licensee Party, and the availability of a competent technical coordinator at the Licensee Party for such testing.

 

4.1.3 Web Compatibility. IDX acknowledges that Stentor is migrating to a Web services-based platform that will not support existing APIs. The general release of the version of the Stentor Products that does not support existing APIs will in no event occur earlier than November 15, 2005. IDX acknowledges that for Stentor Products not on the above-mentioned Web services-based platform, Stentor’s commercially reasonable efforts to provide support, as specified in Section 8.1 of the Agreement, shall thereafter be limited to bug fixes (i.e.,

 

3


correction of errors and nonconformity with Stentor’s published documentation). Stentor acknowledges and agrees that it will maintain backwards compatibility of existing APIs from the Amendment Effective Date until November 15, 2005, except for reasonable changes required for maintenance or support purposes (e.g., to resolve unintended API conflicts).

 

2. Sections 5.1 and 5.2 shall be replaced in their entirety with the following, which shall be deemed to be effective as of the Effective Date of the Original Agreement:

 

5.1 Ownership; In General. Except for the rights expressly granted herein to Stentor, IDX reserves and retains all right, title and interest (including without limitation patents, trade secrets and copyrights) in the IDX Products, and all customizations, additions, modifications, changes, enhancements, improvements, and derivative works thereof made by IDX or by a third party on behalf of IDX, and all rights therein and copies thereof. Except for the rights expressly granted herein to IDX, Stentor reserves and retains all right, title and interest (including without limitation patents, trade secrets and copyrights) in the Stentor Products, and all customizations, additions, modifications, changes, enhancements, improvements, and derivative works thereof made by Stentor, or by a third party on behalf of Stentor, and all rights therein and copies thereof.

 

5.2 Ownership to Works Created Under the Development Plan.

 

(a) Any Intellectual Property developed by Stentor and any derivative works of Stentor Products developed by Stentor or a third party contractor of Stentor pursuant to the Development Plan shall be owned by Stentor. Any Intellectual Property developed by IDX and any derivative works of IDX Products developed by IDX or a third party contractor of IDX pursuant to the Development Plan shall be owned by IDX. Any Intellectual Property jointly developed by IDX and Stentor (i.e., patents or trade secrets as to which employees or contractors of both parties are joint inventors or copyrightable subject matter as to which the parties or their employees or contractors are joint authors) pursuant to the Development Plan shall be jointly owned by IDX and Stentor and each of IDX and Stentor (or any successor to, or assignee of, or licensee of IDX or Stentor) shall be free to use such Intellectual Property without interference from the other party and without any obligation to make any payment or account for any profits, except as otherwise provided for in this Agreement. Such joint ownership shall apply only to the specific modules, elements or other subject matter that are the result of the joint development, and not to other modules, elements or other subject matter. Notwithstanding any previous assertions by the parties to the contrary, the provisions in this Amendment set forth the parties’ understanding and intent with respect to the ownership of Intellectual Property.

 

(b) Each party believes that it has not made and that it will not make any patent application for a patent constituting a Conflicting Patent that covers the core technology of the other party. “Conflicting Patent” means such a patent that

 

4


is applied for before or within one year after the Amendment Effective Date for an invention made before the Amendment Effective Date resulting from joint development efforts under the Development Plan where the invention (i) is based on the technology of the other party and (ii) is directed toward and embodied in a PACS system (in the case of IDX as patent holder) or a product for automating the management of work flow in radiology practices and departments (in the case of Stentor as patent holder). If a party believes that an issued patent of the other party is a Conflicting Patent, then the parties shall discuss in good faith the facts and circumstances regarding such patent and whether such patent constitutes a Conflicting Patent and, if so, the possibility of a license of such patent. If the parties cannot reach agreement as to the appropriate treatment of such patent, then either party may submit the matter to a mutually agreeable third party for nonbinding mediation in accordance Section 10.19.

 

3. Section 5.3.1 shall be replaced in its entirety with the following:

 

5.3.1 IDX hereby grants to Stentor a non-exclusive, non-transferable (except as provided in Sections 2.4 and 10.14) term license to market and sublicense, and in connection therewith to sell, offer for sale, copy, use, distribute, perform, display, modify, make derivative works of and Merge, the IDX Products, only as they may be Merged into the MIMS System, provided that (subject to Section 5.6) Stentor may do so only to Persons that are not Stentor License Exclusion Customers. Notwithstanding the limited scope of this license, Stentor may communicate with, and demonstrate, perform and display the MIMS System to, Stentor License Exclusion Customers to make them aware of the availability of the MIMS System from IDX and to provide information to Stentor License Exclusion Customers regarding the MIMS System. “Stentor License Exclusion Customers” shall mean those customers in the Territory or [**] that meet the definition of “Stentor License Exclusion Customers” in the Agreement and have been included in the parties’ list of Stentor License Exclusion Customers as of the Amendment Effective Date (an initial version of which shall be provided by the parties no later than fifteen (15) business days after execution of this Amendment), as such list may be modified by the parties from time to time in accordance with the Agreement.

 

4. Section 5.4 and 5.5 shall be replaced in their entirety with the following:

 

5.4 Stentor Products. Stentor hereby grants to IDX a non-exclusive, non-transferable (except as provided in Sections 2.4 and 10.14) term license to market and sublicense (including through one or more Distribution Partners acceptable to Stentor), and in connection therewith to sell, offer for sale, copy, use, distribute, perform, display, modify, make derivative works of and Merge, the Stentor Products, only as they may be Merged into the MIMS System.

 

5.5 Territory. This Agreement, including the licenses granted hereunder, shall apply to the parties worldwide, provided that the Parties will be subject to certain restrictions in the Territory (as well as in [**]) as set forth in Section 6.1. The “Territory” is redefined to mean the [**].

 

5


5. The parties acknowledge and agree that nothing in the Agreement restricts the use of the MIMS System by either party (as Licensee Party) to, or changes the pricing for, any particular field of use (i.e., there is no restriction on use in, or difference in pricing for use in, medical specialties other than radiology), provided that the foregoing will not imply any obligation to provide (a) additional support as a result of use outside radiology, (b) any APIs to support use outside radiology, or (c) any products designed for use outside radiology (i.e., other than the Stentor Products and IDX Products included in the MIMS System).

 

6. Section 5.6 shall be replaced in its entirety with the following:

 

5.6 Treatment of Stentor License Exclusion Customers. If a Stentor License Exclusion Customer (other than existing customers of Stentor as set forth in Attachment A, which Attachment A will be completed within fifteen (15) business days after execution of this Amendment) seeks to acquire the MIMS System from Stentor, Stentor will inform the customer that it should contact IDX. If the customer nonetheless expresses an interest in acquiring the MIMS System from Stentor, Stentor will notify IDX and will refrain for a period of forty-five (45) days (after such notice) from sales activities targeted at the customer. Forty-five (45) days after Stentor has provided the above-referenced notice to IDX, Stentor may contact the customer and, if the customer remains interested in acquiring the MIMS System from Stentor, the customer shall be deemed not to be a Stentor License Exclusion Customer. Should the customer (other than the customers set forth in Attachment A) then purchase the MIMS System from Stentor, Stentor shall (unless the parties otherwise agreed) pay IDX [**] percent ([**]%) above the normal royalty for such MIMS System for the remainder of the Interim Term, and shall further pay IDX half of the commission that would normally be payable to Stentor’s sales force for making such sale if the customer were not a Stentor License Exclusion Customer. This Section 5.6 shall apply to customers within the Territory and the [**] but not elsewhere. Stentor acknowledges that it will provide IDX with appropriate current and future product information required for IDX to effectively represent the MIMS System to prospective customers, when Stentor provides such information generally to Stentor’s own sales force, and promptly respond to IDX inquiries regarding the MIMS System, with the objective that IDX sales representatives should be no less informed about the MIMS System than their Stentor counterparts. IDX acknowledges that Stentor will provide the information and related training to IDX’s sales trainers and that IDX is responsible for disseminating the information to IDX’s sales representatives.

 

7. The following Section 5.7 will be added to the Agreement:

 

Each party (as Licensee Party) acknowledges that the other party (as Licensor Party) will have control over its own APIs, including the right to negotiate

 

6


licenses for the APIs with third parties. Notwithstanding the above, this Section 5.7 shall not be construed to prevent, or require additional payment for, any APIs licensed or otherwise provided by the Licensor Party to the Licensee Party from being used by the Licensee Party in connection with Providing a MIMS System under the Agreement, even if such use includes providing the APIs to a third party, provided that such third party has entered into the Licensor Party’s form of license agreement with respect to such APIs (which form will not require third party-by-third party execution by the Licensor Party) and provided that a copy of each such license agreement is delivered to the Licensor Party. The parties acknowledge that the foregoing does not apply to industry standard interfaces such as DICOM Query Retrieve.

 

8. The parties agree that the IDX Drivers (including any updates and upgrades to IDX Drivers and any new IDX Drivers) will, effective as of the Amendment Effective Date, be included in the licenses granted and the services provided by IDX to Stentor (to the same extent as the other IDX Products) and that no separate license or maintenance fees will be payable with respect thereto.

 

9. The following sentences shall be added to Section 6.1.1 after the first sentence of Section 6.1.1 (i.e., the sentence beginning “Stentor shall not (i) Provide” and ending “Stentor Products in the Territory”):

 

Stentor shall not authorize or license [**], or the successor of any of them, to Provide the MIMS System or the Stentor Products in the [**]. Nothing in this Section 6.1.1 shall be construed to prohibit or disturb any relationship between Stentor and any third party (including a third party that may become a successor to [**]) to the extent such relationship was not and is not formed in breach of the Agreement (and, for purposes of this Section 6.1.1, “successor” of an entity means the business operation of such entity, but does not include the other business operations of such third party).

 

10. Section 6.2 is deleted in its entirety.

 

11. The obligations set forth in Sections 6.3 and 6.4 regarding the use of the other party’s marks are no longer in effect. The rights set forth in Sections 6.3 and 6.4 regarding the use of the other party’s marks will remain in effect only until December 31, 2004. After such time, the affected party shall not use any of the names, marks or branding of the other party in or with the affected party’s products or in marketing, support or distribution activities (including press or public relations materials). Nothing in the foregoing shall be deemed to prohibit a party from making factual descriptions regarding the other party’s products in general materials about such party and its products (provided that the materials are not designed for marketing, press or public relations purposes).

 

7


12. Section 7.1 shall be replaced in its entirety with the following:

 

7.1 Compensation; Payment. IDX and Stentor shall be entitled to compensation for their respective licensing to the other of their respective rights and technology incorporated into the MIMS System as set forth in the amended Exhibit E attached to the Amendment. The compensation schedule set forth in the amended Exhibit E will become effective as of December 31, 2003 (and the “true ups” contemplated by such amended Exhibit E will constitute the final resolution of any royalties, reimbursements or other payments required for the period before December 31, 2003 and are due and payable as of December 31, 2003).

 

13. The parties acknowledge that, while their rights under this Agreement with respect to the other’s products (i.e., the IDX Products and Stentor Products) are worldwide as of the Amendment Effective Date, the parties’ support obligations as to countries outside the Territory will not be materially greater than such obligations as to countries in the Territory (e.g., IDX would not be obligated to fix a [**] bug, but would be obligated to address a technical error that could also occur in a country in the Territory) unless the other party agrees to pay for the additional support work (the cost of which additional work the parties will negotiate in good faith, and, if the parties are unable to agree on such cost, the party will carry out the work on a time and materials basis, at reasonable rates and on other terms and conditions which are, as a whole, no less favorable to the other party than those made available to comparable customers of the party doing the work for comparable work).

 

14. IDX and Stentor represent and warrant that their statements in Sections 9.1.3 and 9.2.3, respectively, with respect to patents are true, to such party’s knowledge, up to and as of the Amendment Effective Date, and the parties make no further representations and warranties as to noninfringement of patents.

 

15. Section 10.1 shall be replaced in its entirety with the following, which shall be deemed to be effective as of the Effective Date of the Original Agreement:

 

10.1.1 Confidential Information. Each Party (as “Receiving Party”) shall use the same care and measures to prevent the unauthorized disclosure and dissemination of the Confidential Information of the other Party (as “Disclosing Party”) as the Receiving Party uses for its own confidential information or material of a similar nature. Such measures may include instructing and requiring recipients of Confidential Information to maintain the confidentiality of such Confidential Information and restricting disclosure of such Confidential Information to those representatives of the Receiving Party and its affiliates, its and their contractors, suppliers and licensees, and other authorized third parties who have a “need to know” consistent with the purposes for which such Confidential Information is disclosed, if and to the extent the Receiving Party uses such measures for its own confidential information or material of a similar nature. The Receiving Party further agrees not to remove or destroy any proprietary rights or confidentiality legends or markings placed upon any documentation or other materials by the Disclosing Party.

 

8


“Confidential Information” means any technology, information and materials related to research, products, services, hardware or software, inventions, processes, designs, drawings, engineering or other technology that is supplied or licensed by either party after the Effective Date (as the Disclosing Party) to the other party (as the Receiving Party) and which is designated in writing as proprietary or confidential (or with a similar designation) or, if disclosed orally or by demonstration, is designated as confidential or proprietary at the time of disclosure and summarized in a writing so designated within thirty (30) days of the initial disclosure.

 

10.1.2 Non-Confidential Information; Permitted Disclosures. Confidential Information shall not include, however, information or material which (i) is or becomes available to the relevant public other than as a result of a wrongful act or omission by the Receiving Party, (ii) was available to the Receiving Party (without a duty of confidentiality owed to the Disclosing Party with respect to such information or material) prior to its receipt from the Disclosing Party, (iii) becomes available to the Receiving Party from a Person not otherwise bound by a confidentiality agreement with the Disclosing Party with respect to such information or material, or (iv) was independently developed by the Receiving Party without use of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information. Further, notwithstanding Section 10.1.1, the Receiving Party may disclose the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information in the event that the Receiving Party is required (by the disclosure requirements of any rule, regulation, or form of any governmental authority or securities exchange or by interrogatories, requests for information or request for documents by any governmental authority or other party in legal proceedings, subpoenas, civil investigative demands, or other similar processes) to disclose such Confidential Information, provided that the Receiving Party so required shall provide the Disclosing Party with prompt written notice of any such requirement so that the Disclosing Party may object to production and seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy, and/or waive compliance with the provisions of this Agreement. If the Disclosing Party objects to production and seeks a protective order or other appropriate remedy, the Receiving Party shall exercise commercially reasonable efforts (at the sole expense of the Disclosing Party) to cooperate, including, without limitation, by cooperating with the Disclosing Party to obtain an appropriate protective order or other reasonable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such Confidential Information.

 

10.1.3 Residuals. Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, either party may use or disclose residual information for any purpose, including without limitation use in development, manufacture, promotion, sale and maintenance of its products and services, provided that this right to residual information does not constitute and shall not imply a license under any patents or copyrights of the other party. “Residual information” means any information that is retained in the unaided memories of a party’s personnel without ongoing use of

 

9


the tangible embodiment of the other party’s Confidential Information. An individual’s memory is unaided if the individual has not intentionally memorized the Confidential Information for the purpose of retaining and subsequently using or disclosing it.

 

16. The following sentences shall be added to the end of Section 10.3:

 

Each party shall apply for and use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain by December 2004 the necessary regulatory and other approvals and clearances (e.g., Food and Drug Administration 510(k) premarketing approvals or clearances or the equivalent) required for its activities hereunder (including the sale or license of the MIMS System) at each party’s own sole expense and responsibility. Each party shall reasonably confer and cooperate with the other party to assist the other party in complying with any applicable export control regulations. Each party agrees that, if and for so long as it uses or operates under any regulatory or other approvals or clearances of the other (a) it will comply strictly with the other party’s quality system requirements, including those for integration, installation, training and support, as required to maintain the MIMS System in compliance with such regulatory or other approvals or clearances, and (b) it will not Provide the MIMS Systems unless it is in compliance with the regulatory or other approvals or clearances.

 

17. Section 10.6 (but not Section 10.6.1 through 10.6.4) shall be replaced in its entirety with the following:

 

Each party (an “Indemnifying Party”) will defend the other party, its officers, employees, and agents (each an “Indemnified Party”) against, and pay any damages (including costs and attorneys’ fees) awarded against an Indemnified Party by a court of competent jurisdiction (or pay any settlement of such claim agreed to by the Indemnifying Party) (“Losses”) resulting from, any claim, suit, or demand by any third party (“Third Party Claim”) (i) for injuries to or deaths of persons or loss of or damage to property arising out of the Indemnifying Party’s products or services as provided to the Indemnified Party, unless the Indemnified Parties shall have acted outside the scope of their rights under this Agreement or the injuries, death, loss or damage results from an act or omission of the Indemnified Party; (ii) for injuries to or deaths of persons or loss of or damage to property arising out of the willful misconduct of the Indemnifying Party, its employees, officers, or agents in connection with the Indemnifying Party’s performance of this Agreement, except to the extent caused by the negligence of any Indemnified Party; and (iii) that the Indemnifying Party’s products, or any component thereof, as provided to the Indemnified Party infringes any patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets or other proprietary rights of the third party.

 

10


18. Section 10.6.2 shall be replaced in its entirety with the following:

 

An Indemnified Party shall notify the Indemnifying Party promptly of any claim for which the Indemnifying Party is responsible and shall cooperate with the Indemnifying Party in every commercially reasonable way to facilitate the defense of any such claim, provided that the Indemnified Party’s failure to notify the Indemnifying Party shall not diminish the Indemnifying Party’s obligations under this Section except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced as a result of such failure. The Indemnified Party shall authorize and allow Indemnifying Party to have sole control of the defense and settlement of the claim, provided that that the Indemnifying Party shall not, without the consent of the Indemnified Party, enter into any settlement or agree to any disposition that imposes an obligation on the Indemnified Party that is not wholly discharged or dischargeable by the Indemnifying Party, or imposes any conditions or obligations on the Indemnified Party other than the payment of monies that are readily measurable for purposes of determining the monetary indemnification or reimbursement obligations of Indemnifying Party. An Indemnified Party shall at all times have the option to participate in any matter or litigation through counsel of its own selection and at its expense.

 

19. The addresses for the parties in Section 10.9 shall be replaced with the following:

 

Stentor, Inc.

5000 Marina Boulevard

Brisbane, CA 94005-1811

Attention: Oran Muduroglu

Facsimile: 650-228-5566

 

With a copy to the Corporate Counsel of Stentor.

 

IDX Systems Corporation

40 IDX Drive

P.O. Box 1070

Burlington, VT 05402-1070

Attention: President

Facsimile: 802-865-3681

 

With a copy to the General Counsel of IDX.

 

20. The following sentences shall be added to the end of Section 10.10:

 

Without limitation of the generality of the foregoing, the parties acknowledge that the requirements of this Section 10.10 apply to statements concerning the relationship between IDX and Stentor—for example “end-of-life” plans for the MIMS System, limitations on further development of the MIMS System, and limitations on support for the MIMS System. The parties will work together to agree on how such matters will be described and will instruct appropriate marketing and sales personnel to be consistent with such mutually agreed to descriptions in their marketing and sales activities.

 

11


21. Section 10.14 shall be replaced in its entirety with the following:

 

10.14 Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns and their Affiliates Controlled by them, respectively. Neither party may assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party, except that either party hereto may assign this Agreement to any Person that acquires all or substantially all of the assets of (i) in the case of IDX, IDX’s Radiology Information Systems Division, and IDX shall be relieved of any obligation or liability hereunder, or (ii) in the case of Stentor, Stentor’s PACS business, and Stentor shall be relieved of any obligation or liability hereunder. If (i) IDX shall sell or transfer any of its assets, other than the assets of IDX’s Radiology Information Systems Division, to a Person that is not an Affiliate of IDX, or if (ii) Stentor shall sell or transfer any of its assets, other than the assets of the PACS business, to a Person that is not an Affiliate of Stentor, then such Person shall not have any obligations or liabilities under this Agreement and the assets transferred shall not be encumbered by or subject to this Agreement in any way.

 

22. The following sentence shall be added to the end of Section 10.19:

 

Except as provided herein, no civil action with respect to any dispute, claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement may be commenced until the matter has been submitted for mediation as described below. Either party may commence such mediation by providing to the other party a written request for mediation, setting forth the subject of the dispute, claim or controversy and the relief requested. The parties will cooperate with one another in selecting a mediator and in scheduling the mediation proceedings. The parties covenant that they will participate in the mediation in good faith, and that they will share equally in its costs. All offers, promises, conduct and statements, whether oral or written, made in the course of the mediation by any of the parties, their agents, employees, experts and attorneys, and by the mediator, are confidential, privileged and inadmissible for any purpose, including impeachment, in any litigation or other proceeding involving the parties, provided that evidence that is otherwise admissible or discoverable shall not be rendered inadmissible or non-discoverable as a result of its use in the mediation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either party may seek equitable relief, whether or not prior to commencement of the mediation (e.g., to preserve the status quo pending the completion of the mediation process or to prevent irreparable harm). Except for such an action to obtain equitable relief, neither party may commence a civil action with respect to the matters submitted to mediation until after the completion of the initial mediation session, or forty-five (45) days after the filing of the written request for mediation, whichever occurs first. Mediation may continue after the commencement of a civil action, if the parties so desire. The provisions of this Section 10.19 may be

 

12


enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction, and the party prevailing in the enforcement action shall be entitled to an award of fees, costs and expenses, including attorney’s fees, as the court ordering the enforcement may determine to be equitable.

 

23. Continuation of Provisions. Except as expressly set forth herein, all other terms and conditions of the Original Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. In the event of any inconsistency or conflict between this Amendment and the Original Agreement, the terms, conditions and provisions of this Amendment shall supersede the Original Agreement and shall govern and control. Except as expressly defined or otherwise modified herein, all capitalized terms in this Amendment have the same meanings as set forth in the Original Agreement. If a defined term is defined both in this Amendment and in the Original Agreement, then the term shall have the meaning set forth in this Amendment.

 

24. Authorization. Each party represents and warrants that it possesses the right and capacity to enter into this Amendment. Each party represents and warrants to the other party that this Amendment has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its valid and legally binding agreement with respect to the subject matter contained herein.

 

25. Entire Agreement. The Original Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, constitutes the complete and exclusive statement of the agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous proposals and understandings, oral and written, relating to the subject matter contained therein.

 

IN WITNESS THEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment by their duly authorized representatives.

 

STENTOR, INC.

 

IDX SYSTEMS CORPORATION

/s/ Oran Muduroglu


 

/s/ James H. Crook, Jr.


Oran Muduroglu

 

James H. Crook, Jr.

Printed Name

 

Printed Name

Title President

 

Title Chief Executive Officer

Date 12/31/03

 

Date 12/31/03

 

 

13


Exhibit E to the Amendment to the Distribution and Development Agreement

 

I. Scope.

 

A. Payment Structure

 

Payments between the parties will consist of four components: (1) Initiation Royalties paid upon execution of a new customer agreement, (2) Sustaining Royalties paid over the life of a customer agreement, (3) a fee for dormant archives and (4) one-time true-up payments for outstanding liabilities.

 

B. Transition to New Payment Structure

 

Contracts signed after June 30, 2003 will be covered solely by the provisions described in this Exhibit and not by the payment provisions of the un-amended Agreement. Contracts signed prior to July 1, 2003 will be treated as follows:

 

  1. All royalties recorded and paid prior to July 1, 2003 will be retained.

 

  2. Royalties paid since July 1, 2003 shall be reversed as described in Section V.C.1 below.

 

  3. Contracts signed prior to July 1, 2003 will not be subject to an Initiation Royalty or any Sustaining Royalty for Managed Study Volume incurred prior to July 1, 2003.

 

  4. Contracts signed prior to July 1, 2003 will be subject to Sustaining Royalties beginning July 1, 2003. Their studies will be included in Managed Study Volume for purposes of determining the Sustaining Tier Rate.

 

II. Calculating Initiation Royalties.

 

The party entering into a contract subject to these terms (the “Contracting Party”) will pay to the other party an “Initiation Royalty” at the end of each calendar quarter. Such Initiation Royalty will be based on [**] and [**] for the [**] that the Contracting Party enters into during the year. The Initiation Royalty will be calculated by multiplying the [**] times [**]

 

Initiation Royalty = [**] x [**]

 

1


A. Definition of Average Annual Studies

 

Average Annual Studies is the sum of [**] for all MIMS System contracts for Diagnostic and/or Archive products signed during a quarter.

 

Contracts shall include both (1) new contracts and (2) additional volume/duration contracts for an existing customer. For each contract included in the calculation, its contribution shall be the higher of [**], summed for all years of the contract term (not to exceed 7 years), divided by the years of the contract term (not to exceed 7 years). Such projection will be based on the Contracting Party’s good faith estimate at the time of execution of the agreement. Each Party shall estimate in advance the Average Annual Studies it expects to sign during the ensuing year (“Estimated Average Annual studies”). That estimate shall be the basis for determining the Initiation Tier Rate as defined below.

 

Average Annual Studies = Total of (Number of estimated studies under a given contract (for up to seven years) / number of years in contract (for up to seven years))

 

Example for 3 contracts signed in Q1’2004 (studies in thousands):

 

     Avg.

   Yr1

   Yr2

   Yr3

   Yr4

   Yr5

Contract #1

   [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]

Contract #2

   [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]     

Contract #3

   [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]          
     [**]                         

Average Annual Studies – [**]

 

B. Definition of Initiation Tier Rate

 

For Diagnostic and/or Archive Contracts:

 

The Initiation Tier Rate is the rate charged [**] to compute the Initiation Royalty each quarter. The rate for Diagnostic and/or Archive contracts will be based on Estimated Average Annual Studies as follows:

 

Average Annual Studies (thousands)


   IDX

   Stentor

0-1,000

   $ [**]    $ [**]

1,000-1,999

   $ [**]    $ [**]

2,000-2,999

   $ [**]    $ [**]

3,000-3,999

   $ [**]    $ [**]

4,000+

   $ [**]    $ [**]

 

2


Assuming that IDX and Stentor each project an Estimated Average Annual Study of [**], then using the example above, IDX would pay Stentor an Initiation Royalty of [**] x $[**] = $[**]. If Stentor had signed the same number of Average Annual Studies, it would pay IDX an Imitation Royalty of: [**] x $[**] = $[**].

 

If a portion of Average Annual Studies were for contracts that are either “Diagnostic-only Studies” or “Stored-only Studies”, the Initiation Royalty for that portion would be the applicable Initiation Tier Rate times [**]%.

 

C. Adjustment to actual signed Average Annual Studies

 

At the end of each calendar year the parties shall compare “Actual Average Annual Studies’ to Estimated Average Annual Studies. If Actual Average Annual Studies places the party in a different Initiation Tier Rate than it used during the year to pay Initiation Royalties, the party shall make an adjustment payment to the other in the amount of Actual Average Annual Studies times the difference in the Initiation Tier Rates.

 

For Enterprise Contracts:

 

For Enterprise contracts, the calculations would be made as above, except the Initiation Tier Rate would be based on Diagnostic and/or Archive Average Annual studies for that quarter, the Initiation Royalty per study would be [**]% of the Diagnostic and/or Archive amount, and the Enterprise studies used to compute the royalty will be based on viewed studies rather than total DICOM studies (the Average Annual Viewed Enterprise Studies). For example, if two Enterprise contracts were signed in the same quarter as the Initiation Royalty for IDX would be: [**] x ($[**] x [**]%) = $[**]. A similar adjustment to actual studies would be made as described above.

 

III. Calculating Sustaining Royalty.

 

A Contracting Party will pay to the other party an ongoing royalty each quarter based on total new managed studies for that quarter, whether from ASP or Capital contracts for the MIMS System, (The “Sustaining Royalty”). The Sustaining Royalty will be calculated by multiplying the [**] times the [**].

 

Sustaining Royalty = [**] x [**]

 

 

3


A. Definition of Managed Study Volume

 

Managed Study Volume means the quarterly sum, across all customers who are in live clinical use of total MIMS System DICOM actual new stored Studies plus, for customers which are not archiving, [**]. Managed Study Volume excludes totals from customer contracts that have been terminated, under which the customer is not paying maintenance or dormant archives that are subject to the dormant archive fee described below. Studies that the Contracting Party deems to be “Diagnostic-only Volume” or “Stored-only Volume” will be itemized separately.

 

B. Definition of Sustaining Tier Rate

 

The Sustaining Tier Rate is the per study royalty rate applied to Managed Study Volume to compute the Sustaining Royalty each quarter. The Sustaining Tier Rate is based on Quarterly Managed Study Volume as follows:

 

Managed Study Volume


   IDX

   Stentor

0-625,000

   $ [**]    $ [**]

626,000-1,249,000

   $ [**]    $ [**]

1,250,000-1,875,000

   $ [**]    $ [**]

1,876,000-2,499,000

   $ [**]    $ [**]

2,500,000+

   $ [**]    $ [**]

 

For Diagnostic-only Volume and Stored-only Volume:

 

For the portion(s) of Managed Study Volume that were either “Diagnostic-only Volume” or “Stored-only Volume,” the Sustaining Royalty will be the applicable Sustaining Tier Rate times [**]%.

 

For Enterprise Contracts:

 

For Enterprise contracts, the calculations will be done as above, except the Sustaining Tier Rate will be based on Diagnostic and/or Archive Managed Study Volume for that quarter, the Sustaining Royalty per study will be [**]% of the Diagnostic and/or Archive amount, and the Enterprise studies used to compute the royalty will be based on [**] rather than [**]. For example, if the Enterprise Viewed Studies Volume totaled [**] for the quarter, then the Enterprise Sustaining Royalty for IDX would be: [**] x ($[**] x [**]%) = $[**].

 

 

4


Example of Sustaining Royalty.

 

For the example outlined below, a Managed Study Volume of [**] studies for the quarter is assumed, broken down as follows:

 

Managed Study Volume:

 

[**]

Stored Volume

 

[**]

Diagnostic-only Volume

 

[**]

Stored-only Volume

 

[**]

 

The Managed Study Volume of [**] would result in Sustaining Tier rate of $[**] for IDX and $[**] for Stentor, and the Sustaining Royalty payable by IDX and Stentor would be:

 

    

IDX


  

Stentor


Stored Volume

   $[**]    $[**]

[**]

         

Diagnostic-only Volume

   $[**]    $[**]

[**]

         

Stored-only Volume

   $[**]    $[**]

[**]

         
    
  

Total Sustaining Royalty

   $[**]    $[**]

 

IV. Additional Fees.

 

A. MIMS System Dormant Archive Fee

 

In the event that a customer’s MIMS System archive is a “Dormant Archive” as defined by either (1) no longer storing new MIMS System studies or (2) storing new studies at a quarterly rate of 10 percent or less of their highest quarterly Managed Study Volume (the “Maximum Managed Study Volume”); an ongoing quarterly payment will be owed to the supporting party until such time that the archive is no longer on-line. The Dormant Archive Fee shall be based on the customer’s highest annual [**] during its contract term, divided by [**] (the “Dormant Archive Volume”) and then multiplied by the following fee per study:

 

  1. For Stentor Customers: $[**] per quarter per Dormant Archive Volume ($[**] per year).

 

5


  2. For IDX Customers: $[**] per quarter per Dormant Archive Volume ($[**] per year).

 

B. Prior Contract “True Up”

 

  1. IDX and Stentor have agreed to a one-time correction of outstanding royalty compensation and service fees for 2003. The following corrections represent both parties’ best efforts to a) reconcile royalty calculations (including restatement of net revenue as required) that were exchanged prior to July 1, 2003 under the previous agreement, b) calculate royalty compensation under this new agreement for July 1, 2003 through September 30, 2003, including royalties paid from July 1, 2003 to September 30, 2003, c) finalize service fees associated with Stentor Disaster Recovery Service, and reconcile outstanding fees owed to Stentor by IDX for these services in 2003. The parties agree that all royalties through September 30, 2003 are therefore paid in full and not subject to future adjustments.

 

  2. Summary of one-time corrections.

 

  a. June 30, 2003 and Prior royalty compensation corrections:

 

i. IDX has a debit to Stentor in the amount of $[**]

 

ii. Stentor has a debit to IDX in the amount of $[**]

 

  b. July 1, 2003 through September 30, 2003, previous contract payment reversal:

 

i. IDX has a credit to Stentor in the amount of $[**]

 

ii. Stentor has a credit to IDX in the amount of $ [**]

 

  c. July 1, 2003 through September 30, 2003 new royalty compensations:

 

i. IDX has a debit to Stentor in the amount of $ [**]

 

ii. Stentor has a debit to IDX in the amount of $ [**]

 

  d. Device Driver royalty compensation correction:

 

i. Stentor has a debit to IDX in the amount of $ [**]

 

  e. Service Fees for Stentor Disaster Recovery Service

 

i. IDX has a debit to Stentor in the amount of $ [**]

 

  3. Stentor agrees to pay the balance of $[**] in cash within 60 days of the Amendment Effective Date.

 

6

EX-10.34 5 dex1034.htm AMENDMENT NO. 5 TO 1995 DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION PLAN AMENDMENT NO. 5 TO 1995 DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION PLAN

Exhibit 10.34

 

IDX SYSTEMS CORPORATION

 

Amendment No. 5

to

1995 Director Stock Option Plan, as amended

 

The 1995 Director Stock Option Plan, as amended (the “Plan”), is hereby amended as follows (capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the respective meaning ascribed to such terms in the Plan):

 

1. Section 5(c) of the Plan is hereby amended by adding the following sentence to the end of the aforementioned section:

 

“Notwithstanding the foregoing the Board of Directors (including acting through a committee or subcommittee composed solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors pursuant to Section 5(a)(iv) of the Plan) may in its discretion and from time-to-time grant options that permit, upon prior written notice to the Company, the transfer by gift of such options to any lineal descendant (including any legally adopted child), spouse or parent of an eligible optionee (a “Permitted Transferee”), or to any trust or similar entity of which a Permitted Transferee is the beneficiary; provided, however, that upon transfer to a Permitted Transferee pursuant to this Section 5(c), such Permitted Transferee (i) may not make any further transfer of such transferred options and (ii) may exercise such options only if and to the extent that the transferor, at the time of such exercise, is permitted to exercise such option pursuant to the Plan and the written agreement evidencing such option grant. References to an “optionee” in the Plan or the written agreement evidencing such option grant, to the extent relevant in the context, shall apply to the Permitted Transferee.”

 

2. Section 6 of the Plan is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

  “6. Assignments

 

The rights and benefits of participants under the Plan may not be assigned, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, except as provided in either Section 5(c) or Section 5(g).”

 

Except as aforesaid, the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.

 

Adopted by the Board of Directors on May 19, 2003

EX-10.37 6 dex1037.htm EMPLOYMENT, NONCOMPETITION AND NONDISCLOSURE AGREEMENT, JAMES H. COOK EMPLOYMENT, NONCOMPETITION AND NONDISCLOSURE AGREEMENT, JAMES H. COOK

Exhibit 10.37

 

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Asterisks denote omissions.

 

EMPLOYMENT, NONCOMPETITION AND NONDISCLOSURE AGREEMENT

 

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Employment Agreement”) is made by and between IDX SYSTEMS CORPORATION, a Vermont corporation (the “Company”), and James H. Crook, Jr. (the “Executive”), as of the date of acceptance hereof by the Company in its offices in South Burlington, Vermont, and it shall take effect retroactively as of January 1, 2003 (the “Effective Date”).

 

BACKGROUND

 

The Executive is employed by the Company. The Company desires to maintain the employment of the Executive, and the Executive is willing to accept such continued employment, upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

On June 16, 2003, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company granted the Executive options to purchase common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company in the aggregate amount of seven hundred thousand (700,000) shares. Such options were granted pursuant to certain restrictions and rights set forth in the Minutes of Special Meeting of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors for a meeting beginning on June 15, 2003 and adjourned until June 16, 2003, and are in no way governed by this Employment Agreement.

 

The Executive acknowledges that in the course of rendering services to the Company, he may have and will become acquainted with information about the business and financial affairs of the Company, and may have contributed or may in the future contribute to such information. The Executive recognizes that in order to protect the legitimate interests of the Company it is necessary for the Company to protect all such information by keeping it secret or confidential.

 

IN CONSIDERATION of the premises, the mutual covenants and conditions set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. EMPLOYMENT

 

1.1 Employment at Will. The Company hereby offers the Executive, and Executive hereby accepts, employment or continued employment as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. Employment by the Company is terminable at any time, for any reason, at the will of either the Executive or the Company. Executive understands and acknowledges that, as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, he serves in such capacity(ies), at the pleasure of the Board of Directors of the Company, and his service may be terminated in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors. No statement of policy or procedure, whether written or oral, or set forth in any manual or guide, shall be a promise by the Company to continue employment for any definite term, nor shall any such statement, policy or procedure require the Company to follow any special procedure, such as progressive discipline, before terminating employment.


1.2 Location. The Executive will work at the Company’s offices in South Burlington, Vermont, and Executive’s position may require reasonable travel to other offices of the Company and/or to the customer locations serviced by such offices.

 

1.3 Exclusive Employment. The Executive shall devote his full-time efforts during normal business hours, and as otherwise reasonably required to fulfill Executive’s employment responsibilities, exclusively for the benefit of the Company as required hereunder, and shall perform no services for, and shall not become employed or engaged by, any other person, firm or entity while employed by the Company. The foregoing shall not prevent Executive from (i) serving on corporate, civic or charitable boards or committees; (ii) delivering lectures or fulfilling speaking engagements; and/or (iii) managing personal investments, so long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of Executive’s responsibilities under this Employment Agreement.

 

1.4 Duties. The Executive’s duties and responsibilities shall be as assigned by the Board of Directors of the Company in its discretion but shall be consistent with Executive’s position as Chief Executive Officer and President. At all times he shall be subject to the direction and control of the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2. COMPENSATION

 

During the Term (as defined in Section 14.1 hereof), as the compensation to the Executive for all of the services to be provided by the Executive to the Company as its Chief Executive Officer and President, the Company agrees to pay, and the Executive agrees to and does accept, the payments set forth below in this Section 2, unless otherwise agreed to by the Company and the Executive:

 

2.1 Salary. For so long as the Executive shall remain employed by the Company in the capacity of President and Chief Executive Officer during or after the Term, he shall be entitled to receive an annual salary of five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000) (“Salary”). Salary shall be paid semi-monthly on the fifteenth (15th) and last day of each month, in arrears, or on such other legal basis as the Company shall generally follow from time to time, net of all taxes and other legally required or mutually agreed withholdings. In this regard, the Executive hereby authorizes the Company to withhold from salary payments any amounts owed to the Company by Executive hereunder or any other amounts as may be agreed to subsequently, including, but not limited to, over payments and 401k contributions.

 

2.2 Benefits. The Executive shall be entitled to the benefits, such as health, insurance, vacation, paid and unpaid leave as the Company may from time to time offer to employees as a standard benefit. Benefits are subject to change at any time with such notice to employees as may be required by applicable employee benefit plans and laws governing them. No special or different terms shall apply to Executive unless set forth in writing and signed by an authorized executive officer of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive is entitled to a minimum of four weeks paid vacation per calendar year.

 

2.3 Cash Bonuses. The Executive shall be entitled to receive, for each year of employment during the Term of this Employment Agreement, an annual cash bonus payment based upon a target bonus amount (the “Target Bonus Amount”) of two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($250,000) (the actual amount paid referred to herein as the “Annual Cash Bonus”) upon attainment of all of the conditions specified in a schedule in substantially the form of Schedule A, to be furnished to the Executive by the Compensation Committee concurrently with the execution hereof for fiscal 2003, and thereafter not later than January 31 of each subsequent fiscal year, or fourteen (14) days after the applicable year’s budget has been finalized and approved by the Company, whichever is later (each a “Compensation Committee Schedule”). The Annual Cash Bonus may be less or more than two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($250,000) determined in accordance with the Compensation Committee Schedule. Notwithstanding the foregoing, should the Company increase or decrease its financial targets during the Company’s fiscal year, the Compensation Committee may, in turn, raise or lower the Target Earnings Per

 

Page 2 of 12


Share (as set forth and defined in the Compensation Committee Schedule), as the case may be, and the Compensation Committee shall promptly provide a revised Compensation Committee Schedule to the Executive for such year. Cash bonuses may otherwise be payable to the Executive within the sole discretion of the Board of Directors or Compensation Committee thereof. Each Annual Cash Bonus earned shall be paid as set forth in the Compensation Committee Schedule.

 

2.4 Equity Awards. Subject to the approval of the Board of Directors, or the Compensation Committee, the Executive shall be entitled to receive options to purchase common stock of the Company as set forth on Schedule B (the “Option Schedule”), under and subject to all of the terms of the Company’s 1995 Stock Option Plan or its successor (the “Plan”), Schedule B, and the Company’s form of Stock Option Agreement not inconsistent herewith, but including its penalties for improper acts, competition, and the like.

 

2.5 Stock Ownership. Executive shall not be entitled to receive any Annual Cash Bonus, as set forth in this Employment Agreement, unless Executive possesses sole beneficial ownership of common stock of the Company, as of the date of accrual to him of such Annual Cash Bonus, having a value at such time equal to or greater than three (3) times the sum of (i) annual Salary in effect at such time and (ii) potential Annual Cash Bonus for such year. For the calendar years 2005 and 2006, respectively, such common stock ownership requirement shall be four (4) times the total of the amounts described in clauses (i) and (ii), and for years 2007 and thereafter, five (5) times such total. If, as of any such date, the Executive has sole beneficial ownership of at least one hundred fifty thousand (150,000) shares of Common Stock, he shall be deemed to have satisfied each such measurement.

 

2.6 Review of Salary and Bonus. Salary and bonus shall be reviewed at least annually by the Board of Directors of the Company, or the Compensation Committee, and may be adjusted upward but shall not be decreased below the amounts set forth herein or the amounts actually provided in the previous year.

 

2.7 Miscellaneous Items.

 

2.7.1 Change of Control Matters. The Company’s Board of Directors has adopted, but the Company has not executed, a “change of control” benefit or plan, in the form of an Executive Retention Agreement, for its executives. However, the Board of Directors is considering the replacement of such plan with a revised plan. The Executive shall be entitled to participate in any such “change of control” benefit or plan adopted and executed by the Company, with any provisions or carve-outs that the Company deems appropriate for the Executive.

 

2.7.2 Supplemental Retirement Plan. Executive will be eligible to participate in any supplemental retirement plan, if adopted by the Company upon the standard terms that may be offered to other executives of the Company.

 

2.8 No Assurances. The Executive acknowledges that there can be no assurance that the performance of the Company will be sufficient to achieve the conditions prerequisite to the payment of any of the bonus compensation provided for above, nor can there be any assurance at any time with respect to the value of any of the equity compensation provided for above, including without limitation at the time of any exercise of stock options.

 

3. DEFINITION OF PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

 

For purposes of this Employment Agreement the term “Proprietary Information” means all of the following materials and information in whatever form or medium (even if not patentable, or not protectable or protected by copyright laws) which the Executive receives access to, creates, authors or develops, in whole or in part, in the course of and within the scope of his employment with the Company or through the use of any of the Company’s facilities or resources:

 

Page 3 of 12


3.1 Computer Software. Computer programs, in any form, and all elements thereof, including all source and object codes, flow charts, algorithms, coding sheets, compilers, assemblers, programmer notes, design documents, and routines.

 

3.2 Research. Discoveries, concepts and ideas, whether or not patentable or protectable by copyright, including, without limitation, the nature and results of research and development activities, technical information on product or program performance and reliability, processes, formulas, techniques, and “know-how.”

 

3.3 Marketing and Customer Information. Price lists, pricing policies, quoting procedures, financial information, customer and prospect names and requirements, customer data, customer site information, prospect and call lists, telephone directories and calendars.

 

3.4 Business Information. Production development processes, marketing techniques, mailing lists, purchasing information, financial statements, management reports and business plans.

 

3.5 Other. Any other materials or information related to the business or activities of the Company which are not generally known to others engaged in similar business or activities.

 

Failure to mark any of the Proprietary Information as confidential shall not affect its status as part of the Proprietary Information under the terms of this Employment Agreement.

 

4. DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION, WORKS AND MATERIALS

 

The Executive recognizes that he will be exposed to the Company’s confidential information including without limitation the Company’s trade secrets, and Proprietary Information. The Executive is hereby notified that such information includes all computer programs developed by the Company and the documentation for them. Further, this includes business information, such as price lists, customer lists and data bases, business plans, sales projections and product development plans. The Executive further acknowledges that any information and materials received by the Company from third parties in confidence must be treated confidentially. This includes patient information. Executive covenants and agrees that he shall not, except with the prior written consent of the Company, or unless the Executive is acting as an employee of the Company solely for the benefit of the Company in connection with the Company’s business and in accordance with the Company’s business practices and employee policies, at any time during or following the term of his employment with the Company, directly or indirectly divulge, reveal, report, publish, transfer or disclose, for any purpose whatsoever, any of such confidential information which has been obtained by or disclosed to him as a result of his employment with the Company, including, without limitation, any Proprietary Information, as defined in Section 3 hereof.

 

5. OWNERSHIP OF INFORMATION, WORKS AND RIGHTS THEREIN

 

5.1 Title. The Executive hereby assigns and transfers to the Company and agrees that the Company shall be the owner of all inventions, discoveries, work, computer software program or other computer-related equipment or technology, conceived, developed, or made by the Executive, either alone or with others, in whole or in part, during the Executive’s employment by the Company, which are useful in, or directly or indirectly related to the Company’s business or which relate to, or are conceived, developed, or made in the course of, the Executive’s employment or which are developed or made from, or by reason of knowledge gained from, such employment . If any one or more of the aforementioned are deemed to fall within the definition of “work made for hire,” within the meaning of the Copyright Act of 1976, as amended, such work shall be considered “work made for hire,” the copyright of which shall be exclusively owned by and vested in the Company. If any of the aforementioned are considered to be work not included in the categories of work covered by the “work

 

Page 4 of 12


made for hire” definition contained in the Copyright Act, such work shall be, and it hereby is, assigned or transferred completely and exclusively to the Company. The Executive agrees to execute any instruments and to do all other things reasonably requested by the Company (both during and after the Executive’s employment with the Company) in order to fully vest and perfect in the Company all ownership rights in those items hereby transferred by the Executive to the Company. The Executive further agrees to disclose immediately to the Company all Proprietary Information conceived or developed in whole or in part by him during the term of his employment with the Company and to assign to the Company any right, title or interest he may have in such Proprietary Information.

 

5.2 Executive’s Works. The Executive hereby represents and warrants that the Executive has fully disclosed to the Company and attached hereto a description of any computer program or other computer-related technology not covered in Section 5.1 above which, prior to his employment with the Company, the Executive conceived of or developed, wholly or in part, but which has not been published or filed with the United States Patent or Copyright Offices.

 

5.3 Works and Interests of Others. Executive hereby represents and warrants that employment by the Company will not violate any agreement or promise of employee to any other person, and that Executive will not use any property or confidential information of others in his work for the Company.

 

6. RECORDS AND TANGIBLE MATERIALS

 

All notes, data, tapes, reference materials, sketches, drawings, memoranda and records in any way relating to any of the information referred to in Section 3, 4, and 5 hereof (including, without limitation, any Proprietary Information) or otherwise prepared by Executive in the course of his employment, and all copies thereof, shall belong exclusively to the Company, and the Executive agrees to deliver to the Company on request all copies of such materials in his possession or then under his control. In the absence of such a request, Executive shall deliver such items to the Company upon the termination for any reason of the Executive’s employment with the Company.

 

7. PROTECTION OF INFORMATION AND GOODWILL

 

7.1 Nature of Business. Executive and the Company recognize that Executive will acquire knowledge as a result of working for the Company, especially in his capacity as President and Chief Executive Officer, and that such knowledge will include not only general knowledge of the medical information systems business, but specific knowledge of the Company’s business, secrets, products and customers, including Confidential Information. Executive and the Company recognize that upon termination of employment by the Company, Executive could use such specific knowledge and information to the detriment of the Company by disclosing it to competitors, customers and prospects, and using it to obtain or win business. Executive and the Company recognize that proof of such disclosure would be difficult, yet the harm caused thereby could be significant to the Company. Therefore, Executive and the Company are willing to agree that Confidential Information will be disclosed to Executive, and, to protect Employer, its relationship with its customers, its competitive position, and its goodwill, Executive will not engage in a competitive venture for a twenty-four (24) month period after employment by the Company, as specified below.

 

7.2 Competitive Ventures. The Company is engaged throughout the United States, United Kingdom and Canada in the development and marketing of information systems, including computer software and related services, for hospitals, physician groups, laboratories, and clinics, and also for providers of information services to such groups (such activities, products and services being referred to herein as the “Medical Information Systems Business”). Executive recognizes that the Company’s medical information systems work together and are designed to share common files, architectures, a “look and feel,” and other elements. In the event of the resignation by the Executive or termination of Executive’s employment for Cause, the Executive agrees that for a period of twenty-four (24) months from the date of such termination (the “Prohibition Period”), he will not:

 

Page 5 of 12


7.2.1 Engage directly for himself, or jointly with or on behalf of any person, entity or venture involved in the Medical Information Systems Business, and

 

7.2.2 Work for or become employed by or associated with any person, entity or venture engaged in the Medical Information Systems Business, including, by way of example and without limitation, the entities listed in Schedule C attached hereto and made a part hereof (which entities together with their successors and assigns, are referred to herein as the “Designated Entities”), where either (i) the Executive’s duties will be substantially similar to those he has performed for the Company hereunder, or (ii) the Executive’s duties would be likely to involve, or require, or would involve or require, disclosure or use of Proprietary Information. For example, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if Executive is employed by the Company as a computer programmer working on medical information systems, he shall not, during the Prohibition Period, work as a computer programmer on medical information systems. As another example, if Executive is employed by the Company, to any extent, as a salesperson selling medical information systems, he shall not work during the Prohibition Period as a salesman or a marketer of medical information systems. The Executive acknowledges that he is an officer of the Company, and as such he has broad and detailed knowledge of the Company’s business strategies and competitive information. As such, the Executive and the Company acknowledge that a breach of this Section 7.2.2 will probably cause irreparable harm to the Company.

 

7.3 Geographical Limitations. The Executive’s obligations under this Section 7 shall extend to all geographical areas in which the Company, or any of its related companies, is offering its products’ services, either directly or indirectly through licenses or otherwise, during the Prohibition Period.

 

7.4 Non-Solicitation. The Executive further agrees that for a period of twenty-four (24) months from the date of termination of his employment, he will not, on behalf of himself or any person or entity, (i) compete for, or engage in competitive solicitation of, any customer of the Company, or any person or entity that he has, during the twenty-four (24) months immediately preceding such termination, solicited or serviced on behalf of the Company or that has been so solicited or serviced, during such period, by any person under the Executive’s supervision, or (ii) attempt to hire or engage any individual who was an employee of the Company at any time during the twenty-four (24) months immediately prior to such termination.

 

THE EMPLOYEE REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT THE KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND ABILITIES HE POSSESSES ARE SUFFICIENT TO PERMIT HIM, IN THE EVENT OF TERMINATION OF HIS EMPLOYMENT HEREUNDER FOR ANY REASON, TO EARN A LIVELIHOOD SATISFACTORY TO HIM WITHOUT VIOLATING ANY PROVISION OF SECTION 7 HEREOF.

 

8. INJUNCTIVE RELIEF

 

The Executive understands and agrees that the Company will probably suffer irreparable harm if Proprietary Information is disclosed, or Section 7 is an any other respect breached, and that monetary damages will be inadequate to compensate the Company for such breach. Accordingly, the Executive agrees that, in the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Executive of any of the provisions of this Employment Agreement, the Company, in addition to and not in limitation of any other rights, remedies or damages available to the Company at law or in equity, will be entitled to, and Executive hereby consents to, a permanent injunction in order to prevent or to restrain any such breach by the Executive, or by the Executive’s partners, agents, representatives, servants, employers, employees and/or any and all persons directly or indirectly acting for or with him.

 

9. ACCOUNTING FOR PROFITS

 

The Executive covenants and agrees that, if he shall violate any of his covenants or agreements under this Employment Agreement, the Company shall be entitled to an accounting and repayment of all profits, compensation, commissions, enumerations or benefits which the Executive directly or indirectly has realized and/or may realize as a result of, growing out of or in connection with

 

Page 6 of 12


any such violation; such remedy shall be in addition to and not in limitation of any injunctive relief or other rights or remedies to which the Company is or may be entitled at law, in equity or under this Employment Agreement.

 

10. REASONABLENESS OF RESTRICTIONS

 

The Executive has carefully read and considered the provisions of Sections 1 through 9 hereof and, having done so, agrees that the restrictions set forth therein are fair and reasonable and are reasonably required for the protection of the interests of the Company, its officers, directors, stockholders and employees.

 

11. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

 

This Employment Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Executive, his legal representative or representatives and testate or intestate distributees, and this Employment Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company, its successors and assigns. The term “Company” as used herein shall include such successors and assigns and also shall include any corporation which is at any time the parent or a subsidiary of the Company, or any corporation or entity which is an affiliate of the Company by virtue of common (although not identical) ownership, and for which the Executive is providing services in any form during his employment with the Company or any such other corporation or entity. The term successors and assigns as used herein shall include a corporation or other entity acquiring all or substantially all of the assets and business of the Company (including this Employment Agreement) whether by operation of law or otherwise.

 

12. NOTICES

 

Any notice required or permitted by this Employment Agreement shall be given by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the Company at its then principal office, or to the Executive at his then current address set forth in the payroll records of the Company, or to either party hereto at such other address or addresses as he or it may from time to time specify for the purpose in a notice similarly given.

 

13. ENFORCEABILITY AND SCOPE

 

If any provision of this Employment Agreement is subsequently determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void or unenforceable for any reason, that provision shall be deemed stricken and the remainder of the Employment Agreement shall not be affected thereby and shall be binding upon the parties hereto insofar as it remains a workable instrument to accomplish the intent and purposes of the parties. The parties shall negotiate the severed provision to bring the same within the applicable legal requirements to the extent possible. Executive agrees to take any and all actions, including without limitation, execution and delivery of any and all instruments and documents necessary or advisable to complete, perfect, evidence or otherwise confirm any of the matters set forth herein.

 

14. TERM AND OTHER CONDITIONS

 

14.1 Term. This Employment Agreement shall take effect retroactively on January 1, 2003 (with any amounts due and payable arising from the retroactive commencement date being paid in a lump sum at the time of the Executive’s next regularly scheduled salary payment), and shall remain in full force and effect until December 31, 2007 (the “Term”), until the Executive’s employment by the Company terminates, or until superseded by another written employment agreement based upon good and proper consideration and executed by the Executive and the Company, whichever first occurs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of the termination of this Employment Agreement by reason of the termination of the Executive’s employment, those provisions hereof which by their terms extend in accordance with such terms shall survive. No amendment or modification of the terms and conditions hereof shall be effective unless set forth in a written document signed by the Executive and the Company.

 

Page 7 of 12


14.2 Termination of Employment.

 

14.2.1 Resignation by the Executive without Good Reason. In the event the Executive resigns his employment during or after the Term of this Employment Agreement without Good Reason (as defined below), then

 

(a) any stock options granted under this Employment Agreement shall continue to be bound by terms set forth in the Option Schedule;

 

(b) the Company will pay the Executive: (i) his base salary then in effect through the day of his termination of employment; (ii) any compensation previously deferred by the Executive; (iii) any accrued but unused vacation pay; (iv) any reimbursement of business expenses and other amounts earned accrued or owing, but not yet paid or reimbursed under Sections 2.1, 2.2, or 2.3; and (v) any other payments and benefits required by law (together the “Accrued Obligations”).

 

(c) the Executive shall not receive the Severance Payment (as defined herein).

 

For the purposes of this Employment Agreement, “Good Reason” means the occurrence, without the Executive’s written consent, of any of the events or circumstances set forth in clauses (a) through (f) below. Notwithstanding the occurrence of any such event or circumstance, such occurrence shall not be deemed to constitute Good Reason if, within thirty (30) days of Executive’s notice to the Company of his resignation for Good Reason, such event or circumstance has been fully corrected and the Executive has been reasonably compensated for any losses or damages resulting therefrom (provided that such right of correction by the Company shall only apply to the first resignation for Good Reason by the Executive).

 

(a) The assignment of the Executive of duties inconsistent in any material respect with the Executive’s position (including status, offices, titles and reporting requirements), authority or responsibilities or any other action or omission by the Company that results in a material diminution in such position, authority or responsibilities;

 

(b) a reduction in the Executive’s annual base salary as set forth in this Employment Agreement or as it had been increased pursuant to this Employment Agreement or the failure by the Company to award cash bonuses to the Executive in accordance with the terms of Section 2.3 herein and consistent with prior practice during the term of this Agreement;

 

(c) unless such failure is due to a Company-wide change in compensation or benefit policy, the failure by the Company to (i) continue in effect any material compensation or benefit plan or program (including without limitation any life insurance, medical, health and accident or disability plan and any time off program or policy) (a “Benefit Plan”) in which the Executive currently participates or which is applicable to the Executive, unless an equitable arrangement (embodied in an ongoing substitute or alternative plan) has been made with respect to such plan or program or (ii) continue the Executive’s participation therein (or in such substitute or alternative plan) on a basis not materially less favorable, both in terms of the amount of benefits provided and the level of the Executive’s participation relative to other participants;

 

(d) a change by the Company in the location at which the Executive performs his principal duties for the Company to a new location that is both (i) outside a radius of 35 miles from the Executive’s current principal residence and (ii) more than 20 miles from the location at which the Executive currently performs his principal duties for the Company;

 

(e) the failure of the Company to obtain the agreement from any successor to the Company to assume and agree to perform this Employment Agreement; or

 

Page 8 of 12


(f) any failure of the Company to pay or provide to the Executive any portion of the Executive’s compensation or benefits due under any benefit plan within sixty (60) days of the date such compensation or benefits are due, or the maximum required by law, or any material breach by the Company of this Employment Agreement or any employment agreement with the Executive.

 

The Executive’s right to terminate his employment for Good Reason shall not be affected by his incapacity due to physical or mental illness.

 

14.2.2 Discharge For Cause. In the event the Company discharges Executive during the term of this Employment Agreement for Cause (as hereinafter defined):

 

(a) any stock options granted under this Employment Agreement shall continue to be bound by terms set forth in the Option Schedule;

 

(b) the Company shall pay Executive the Accrued Obligations; and

 

(c) the Executive shall not receive the Severance Payment (as defined in Section 14.2.4(c) hereto).

 

For Cause” shall mean (a) any material act of dishonesty or fraud by Executive; (b) Executive’s conviction of a crime involving fraud, embezzlement or any other act of moral turpitude; (c) Executive ‘s gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of his duties under, or any material breach of, this Employment Agreement; (d) Executive’s engagement in acts materially detrimental to the business or reputation of the Company as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; or (e) Executive’s failure to abide by the material policies of the Company and/or lawful directives of the Board of Directors; or (f) Executive’s absence from work during the term of the Employment Agreement for a period in excess of sixty (60) days cumulatively (excluding vacation time) due to any reason other than death or disability.

 

14.2.3 Discharge for Performance. In the event the Company discharges Executive during the term of this Employment Agreement for Performance (as hereinafter defined):

 

(a) any stock options granted under this Employment Agreement shall continue to be bound by terms set forth in the Option Schedule;

 

(b) the Company shall pay Executive the Accrued Obligations; and

 

(c) the Company shall pay Executive the Severance Payment (as defined in Section 14.2.4(c) hereto).

 

Discharge “for Performance” shall mean any discharge of the Executive following the failure of the Company to attain any of the Annual Performance Conditions. For any given calendar year, the term “Annual Performance Condition” means the attainment by the Company of the Target Earnings Per Share for such calendar year, as set forth in the applicable Compensation Committee Schedule for such year.

 

14.2.4 Discharge Without Cause or Resignation by the Executive for Good Reason. In the event the Company discharges Executive during or after the Term of this Employment Agreement without Cause (as defined below) or the Executive resigns his employment for Good Reason (as defined above), then:

 

(a) any stock options granted under this Employment Agreement shall continue to be bound by terms set forth in the Option Schedule;

 

(b) the Company shall pay Executive the Accrued Obligations; and

 

Page 9 of 12


(c) the Executive shall be entitled to receive, in one lump sum payable within one week of his last day of employment, his Salary for a one-year period, calculated at the rate in effect at the date of termination for a period of twelve (12) months following such date; an amount equal to the Annual Cash Bonus, if any, paid to Executive during the preceding calendar year; and if the Executive chooses to elect health and dental insurance continuation in accordance with the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“COBRA”), the Company will pay the entire premium payments for his health and dental insurance coverage under COBRA for a period of 18 months (collectively the “Severance Payment”).

 

Discharge “without Cause” shall mean any discharge that is not for Performance and is not for Cause.

 

14.2.5 Death or Disability. In the event the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates due to Executive’s death or disability:

 

(a) any stock options granted under this Employment Agreement shall continue to be bound by terms set forth in the Option Schedule;

 

(b) the Company shall pay Executive the Accrued Obligations; and

 

(c) Neither the Executive or the heirs, legatees, executors, permitted assigns, or legal representatives of the Executive shall receive the Severance Payment.

 

14.3 The Executive acknowledges that any of the foregoing payments in Section 14.2 shall satisfy any and all claims of any kind and nature, including without limitation claims for compensation to which he may be entitled in the event the Company terminates the Executive’s employment other than for Cause, and agrees to execute and deliver a full and complete release of claims simultaneously with the receipt of any such payments, and as a condition precedent to the rights to receive any such payments.

 

15. GOVERNING LAW AND FORUM; LEGAL FEES

 

Executive acknowledges that IDX has employees located in various states, and that it is important to have consistent policies and laws apply to them insofar as matters relating to employment are concerned. Executive acknowledges that consistency in employment policy is beneficial because results will be predictable and all employees will be treated equally. Therefore, Executive and the Company agree that this Employment Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Vermont, and any legal proceeding regarding the interpretation or enforcement of this Employment Agreement shall be instituted in a court of competent jurisdiction located within the State of Vermont. In the event of any litigation to enforce the terms of this Employment Agreement, the non-prevailing party shall pay, as additional damages, all reasonable attorney’s fees of the prevailing party.

 

16. THIS AGREEMENT TO CONTROL

 

NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISIONS OF ANY OTHER AGREEMENT OR DOCUMENT TO THE CONTRARY, IN THE EVENT OF ANY CONFLICT OR APPARENT CONFLICT BETWEEN THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT AND THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY DOCUMENTATION PERTAINING TO STOCK OPTION GRANTS OR RESTRICTED SHARE ISSUES TO EMPLOYEE, THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT SHALL CONTROL AND SUCH OTHER AGREEMENTS OR DOCUMENTS SHALL NOT IMPOSE ANY GREATER LIMITATIONS UPON OR CONDITIONS UPON THE VESTING, RECEIPT OR SALE OF SUCH EQUITY INTERESTS THAN ARE CONTAINED IN THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT.

 

Page 10 of 12


17. ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

This instrument contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and it supersedes any prior or contemporaneous oral or written understandings of any kind or nature. Executive represents that he is not relying on any agreement, representation or warranty pertaining to the subject matter hereof that is not expressly set forth herein. The waiver or breach of any term or condition of this Employment Agreement shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term or condition.

 

18. ARBITRATION

 

Any dispute between the Company and the Executive arising out of or in any manner connected with employment or employment practices, including but not limited to claims of discrimination of any kind and wrongful discharge, under state, federal or local law, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association, to be conducted in Burlington, Vermont, except any dispute arising under Sections 4, 5, 6, and 7 of the Employment Agreement, which, at the Company’s option, may be litigated as set forth in Section 15 above.

 

I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT CONTAINS AN AGREEMENT TO ARBITRATE. AFTER SIGNING THIS DOCUMENT, I UNDERSTAND THAT I WILL NOT BE ABLE TO BRING A LAWSUIT CONCERNING ANY DISPUTE THAT MAY ARISE THAT IS COVERED BY THE ARBITRATION AGREEMENT, UNLESS IT INVOLVES A QUESTION OF CONSTITUTIONAL OR CIVIL RIGHTS. INSTEAD, I AGREE TO SUBMIT ANY SUCH DISPUTE TO AN IMPARTIAL ARBITRATOR.

 

EXECUTED on the date(s) indicated below.

 

WITNESS/ATTEST:

 

IDX SYSTEMS CORPORATION

/s/ Denise A. Griffith


 

By:

 

/s/ Allen Martin


(SEAL)

       
   

Date:

 

12/18/03

 


     

/s/ James H. Crook, Jr.


       

[Executive’s signature]

       

James H. Crook, Jr.


       

[Print employee’s name]

   

Date:

 

12/14/03

 

EMPLOYEE’S JOB TITLE: President and Chief Executive Officer, IDX Systems Corporation

 

Page 11 of 12


SCHEDULE A

 

FORM COMPENSATION COMMITTEE SCHEDULE

 

In accordance with the provisions of the Executive’s Employment Agreement, the Compensation Committee hereby establishes the following terms and conditions that will apply to the payment of the Executive’s Annual Cash Bonus, as defined in the Executive’s Employment Agreement:

 

1. The target bonus amount (the “Target Bonus Amount”) shall be set at $250,000.

 

2. The actual bonus amount paid to the Executive shall be equal to that percentage of the Target Bonus Amount the Executive is entitled to (the “Applicable Percentage”) as set forth herein.

 

3. The target earnings per share (the “Target Earnings Per Share”) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 20     is $[            ].

 

4. If the actual earnings per share, calculated by taking into account the Annual Cash Bonus that will be paid to the Executive for the fiscal year ended December 31, 20    , equals the Target Earnings Per Share, the Executive will have a target earnings per share attainment percentage (the “Target Attainment Percentage”) of [**]% and an Applicable Percentage of [**]%.

 

5. The Applicable Percentage will vary with the Target Attainment Percentage, such that for every percentage point by which the Target Attainment Percentage varies from [**], the Applicable Percentage will correspondingly increase or decrease by [**]%. By way of example, the table below sets forth the Applicable Percentages for Target Attainment Percentages of between [**] and [**]:

 

   

Target Attainment Percentage


 

Applicable Percentage


   
    [**]   [**]    
    [**]   [**]    
    [**]   [**]    
    [**]   [**]    
    [**]   [**]    
    [**]   [**]    
    [**]   [**]    
    [**]   [**]    
    [**]   [**]    
    [**]   [**]    

 

6. If the Target Attainment Percentage equals [**] or greater, the Annual Cash Bonus due to the Executive as determined in accordance with this Schedule shall be paid no later that March 31, 20    . (that is, within three months following the fiscal year for which the Target Earnings Per Share is being determined). If the Target Attainment Percentage is less than [**], the Compensation Committee may, in its discretion, withhold the Annual Cash Bonus due to the Executive as determined in accordance with this Schedule until the Company’s earnings per share (calculated at each succeeding quarter-end for the twelve months then ended) equals [**]% of the Target Earnings Per Share set forth above (the “Increased Target Earnings Per Share”). Such Annual Cash Bonus shall then be paid no later than 30 days after the date on which the Company publicly announces its earnings per share for the quarter in which the Increased Target Earnings Per Share was achieved. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Target Attainment Percentage is less than [**], the Executive shall not be entitled to receive the Annual Cash Bonus determined in accordance with this Schedule if the Increased Target Earnings Per Share is not achieved within four fiscal quarters from the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.

 

  /s/ Allen Martin


Chair of the Compensation Committee

  /s/ James H. Crook


James H. Crook

 

Page A-1


SCHEDULE B

 

OPTION SCHEDULE

 

Pursuant to the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement entered into between the Company and the Executive, and in prior contemplation of the Company securing the services of the Executive for a multi-year period, the Company shall hereafter grant to him, options to purchase common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company (the “Common Stock”) according to the following Option Schedule and restrictions:

 

1. On January 2, 2004, or as soon thereafter as practicable (the “Grant Date”), the Board of Directors shall grant the Executive a number of options (which shall vest in annual increments of one third (1/3) of the total number of options granted, commencing one year from the Grant Date) equal to one hundred ninety-eight thousand seven hundred seventy-one dollars ($198,771) divided by one-half (1/2) of the fair market value of one (1) share of Common Stock on the date of grant.

 

2. The exercise price of each option granted hereunder shall be the average of the high and low sale price of the Company’s Common Stock as reported on by the Nasdaq on the Grant Date.

 

3. The full term of each such option granted hereunder shall be ten (10) years from the Date of Grant (the “Full Option Term”).

 

4. The exercising and vesting of each such option upon any termination of employment shall be as follows:

 

  (a) Resignation by the Executive without Good Reason: Upon a resignation by Executive without Good Reason (as defined in Section 14 of the Employment Agreement), no options that were not vested on the date of resignation shall vest in the future except that a portion of those options that would have vested at the end of the calendar year in which resignation occurs, shall vest immediately upon resignation, such portion to be calculated on a monthly pro rata basis. With respect to any options granted hereunder that are vested as of the date of resignation or that become vested as a result of resignation as herein provided, Executive shall have the right to exercise such options during the Full Option Term, except that if Executive engages in the Medical Information Systems Business, all vested but unexercised options shall cease to be exercisable at 12:01 a.m. Eastern Time on the thirty-first (31st) day after the earlier of the date that Executive makes any written commitment to be employed by such competitor or the date Executive actually commences employment by such competitor.

 

  (b) Discharge for Cause: Upon a discharge from employment for Cause (as defined in Section 14 of the Employment Agreement), no options that were not vested on the date of such discharge shall vest after such discharge.

 

  (c) Discharge for Performance: Upon a discharge for Performance (as defined in Section 14 of the Employment Agreement), no options that were not vested as of such discharge shall vest in the future, except that a portion of those options that would have vested at the end of the calendar year in which discharge occurs, shall vest immediately upon discharge, such portions to be calculated on a monthly pro rata basis.

 

  (d)

Discharge without Cause or Resignation by the Executive for Good Reason: Upon a discharge from employment without Cause (as defined in Section 14

 

Page B-1


 

of the Employment Agreement) or the Executive resigns his employment for Good Reason options shall continue to vest as if the Executive were still employed (for the remainder of the initial term), and upon vesting, such options shall remain exercisable until the expiration of the Full Option Term.

 

  (e) Death or disability: Vesting continues as in (d) above. The, heirs, legatees, executors, permitted assigns, and legal representatives of the Executive shall be entitled to exercise any vested options throughout the Full Option Term.

 

Page B-2


SCHEDULE C

 

NON-EXCLUSIVE LIST OF COMPETITORS

 

The following, though not all-inclusive, is a listing of companies that are examples of competitors of IDX Systems Corporation:

 

Allscripts

Beacon Partners

CSC Health Care

Cerner Corporation

Compucare (including affiliate HSII)

Compuware

Eclipsys Corporation

EDS

Epic Systems Corporation

GE Medical

Hayes Management Consulting, Inc.

Health Data Sciences Corporation

Keane Inc.

McKesson HBOC, Inc. (including affiliates, such as Clinicom, Advanced Laboratory, First Data)

Medical Manager

Meditech

Mysis

Perrot

Per-Se Technologies, Inc.

RIMS

Siemens Medical Solutions Health Services Corporation (formerly Shared Medical Systems Corporation)

3 Net Systems, Inc.

3M Health Information Systems

WebMD Corporation

 

Page C-1


FINALIZED COMPENSATION COMMITTEE SCHEDULE FOR 2003


COMPENSATION COMMITTEE SCHEDULE

 

In accordance with the provisions of the Executive’s Employment Agreement, the Compensation Committee hereby establishes the following terms and conditions that will apply to the payment of the Executive’s Annual Cash Bonus, as defined in the Executive’s Employment Agreement:

 

1. The target bonus amount (the “Target Bonus Amount”) shall be set at $250,000.

 

2. The actual bonus amount paid to the Executive shall be equal to that percentage of the Target Bonus Amount the Executive is entitled to (the “Applicable Percentage”) as set forth herein.

 

3. The target earnings per share (the “Target Earnings Per Share”) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 is $[**].

 

4. If the actual earnings per share, calculated by taking into account the Annual Cash Bonus that will be paid to the Executive for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, equals the Target Earnings Per Share, the Executive will have a target earnings per share attainment percentage (the “Target Attainment Percentage”) of [**]% and an Applicable Percentage of [**]%.

 

5. The Applicable Percentage will vary with the Target Attainment Percentage, such that for every percentage point by which the Target Attainment Percentage varies from [**], the Applicable Percentage will correspondingly increase or decrease by [**]%. By way of example, the table below sets forth the Applicable Percentages for Target Attainment Percentages of between [**] and [**]:

 

   

Target Attainment Percentage


 

Applicable Percentage


   
    [**]   [**]    
    [**]   [**]    
    [**]   [**]    
    [**]   [**]    
    [**]   [**]    
    [**]   [**]    
    [**]   [**]    
    [**]   [**]    
    [**]   [**]    
    [**]   [**]    

 

6. If the Target Attainment Percentage equals [**] or greater, the Annual Cash Bonus due to the Executive as determined in accordance with this Schedule shall be paid no later that March 31, 2004. (that is, within three months following the fiscal year for which the Target Earnings Per Share is being determined). If the Target Attainment Percentage is less than [**], the Compensation Committee may, in its discretion, withhold the Annual Cash Bonus due to the Executive as determined in accordance with this Schedule until the Company’s earnings per share (calculated at each succeeding quarter-end for the twelve months then ended) equals [**]% of the Target Earnings Per Share set forth above (the “Increased Target Earnings Per Share”). Such Annual Cash Bonus shall then be paid no later than 30 days after the date on which the Company publicly announces its earnings per share for the quarter in which the Increased Target Earnings Per Share was achieved. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Target Attainment Percentage is less than [**], the Executive shall not be entitled to receive the Annual Cash Bonus determined in accordance with this Schedule if the Increased Target Earnings Per Share is not achieved within four fiscal quarters from the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003.

 

7. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, the Applicable Percentage is guaranteed to be at least [**]% for work performed by the Executive to date.

 

  /s/ Allen Martin


Chair of the Compensation Committee

  /s/ James H. Crook


James H. Crook

 

17

EX-21.1 7 dex211.htm SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY

Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiaries

 

IDX Investment Corporation, a Vermont corporation

 

IDX Canada Inc., a Washington corporation

 

IDX Information Systems Corporation, a Vermont corporation

 

IDX Systems UK Limited, a United Kingdom company

 

IDX Transportation Corporation, a Vermont corporation

EX-23.1 8 dex231.htm CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

 

We consent to the reference to our firm in Item 6, Selected Financial Highlights and to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements of IDX Systems Corporation of our report with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of IDX Systems Corporation included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

  Forms S-4 Nos. 333-67981, as amended as of March 22, 1999 and No. 333-28391)
  Forms S-8 333-31047, 333-64028,
  Forms S-8 333-88464,333-31045

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

March 11, 2004

EX-23.2 9 dex232.htm CONSENT OF KPMG LLP REGARDING ALLSCRIPTS HEALTHCARE SOLUTIONS, INC. CONSENT OF KPMG LLP REGARDING ALLSCRIPTS HEALTHCARE SOLUTIONS, INC.

Exhibit 23.2

 

Consent of KPMG LLP

 

The Board of Directors

Allscripts Healthcare Solutions, Inc.:

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (No. 333-67981) on Form S-4 and (Nos. 333-01502, 333-31047, 333-31045, and 333-64028) on Form S-8 and in the December 31, 2003 annual report on Form 10-K of IDX Systems Corporation of our report dated February 11, 2002, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Allscripts Healthcare Solutions, Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 2001 and 2000 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit) and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2001, which report appears in the December 31, 2001 annual report on Form 10-K of Allscripts Healthcare Solutions, Inc.

 

/s/    KPMG LLP

 

Chicago, Illinois

March 11, 2004

EX-31.1 10 dex311.htm CERTIFICATION OF THE CEO OF THE COMPANY PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(A) CERTIFICATION OF THE CEO OF THE COMPANY PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a)

EXHIBIT 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, James H. Crook, Jr., certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of IDX Systems Corporation;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) [Paragraph omitted in accordance with SEC transition instructions contained in SEC Release 34-47986]

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

   

/s/ JAMES H. CROOK, JR.


Dated: March 15, 2004

 

James H. Crook, Jr.

   

Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2 11 dex312.htm CERTIFICATION OF THE CFO OF THE COMPANY PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(A) CERTIFICATION OF THE CFO OF THE COMPANY PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a)

EXHIBIT 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, John A. Kane, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of IDX Systems Corporation;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) [Paragraph omitted in accordance with SEC transition instructions contained in SEC Release 34-47986]

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

   

/s/ JOHN A. KANE


Dated: March 15, 2004

 

John A. Kane

   

Sr. Vice President, Finance and Administration,

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

EX-32.1 12 dex321.htm CERTIFICATION OF THE CFO AND CEO OF THE COMPANY PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. CERTIFICATION OF THE CFO AND CEO OF THE COMPANY PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C.

EXHIBIT 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of IDX Systems Corporation (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2003 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned, James H. Crook, Jr., Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and John A. Kane, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: March 15, 2004

 

/s/ JAMES H. CROOK, JR.


   

James H. Crook, Jr.

Chief Executive Officer

 

Dated: March 15, 2004

 

/s/ JOHN A. KANE


   

John A. Kane

Sr. Vice President, Finance and Administration,

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----